DA42 L360 - ERAU ETA - Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University
DA42 L360 - ERAU ETA - Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University
DA42 L360 - ERAU ETA - Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
DIAMOND<br />
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong><br />
Standard<br />
Operating<br />
Procedures<br />
SOP
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
Copyright © 2011<br />
<strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong><br />
All rights reserved.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
TABLE OF CONTENTS<br />
REVISION HIGHLIGHTS ..................................................................................................... viii<br />
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES .............................................................................................. ix<br />
INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................... 1<br />
<strong>ERAU</strong> Checklist Policy .......................................................................................................... 2<br />
Intra-Cockpit Verbal Coordination .......................................................................................... 4<br />
STANDARD CALLOUTS ........................................................................................................... 7<br />
STANDARD CALLOUTS – NORMAL .................................................................................... 8<br />
STANDARD CALLOUTS - EMERGENCY ........................................................................... 11<br />
STANDARD CALLOUTS - ABNORMAL .............................................................................. 15<br />
Brake/Steering Checking Procedures .................................................................................. 17<br />
ENGINE PRIMING PROCEDURES..................................................................................... 18<br />
LEANING PROCEDURES ................................................................................................... 20<br />
Section 1: PRE-FLIGHT PROCEDURES ................................................................................ 24<br />
INITIAL AIRCRAFT ACCEPTANCE .................................................................................... 26<br />
CLIPBOARD CHECK .......................................................................................................... 26<br />
PRE-FLIGHT CHECKLIST ....................................................................................................... 29<br />
CABIN CHECKLIST ............................................................................................................ 29<br />
FUSELAGE – LEFT CHECKLIST ........................................................................................ 40<br />
EMPENNAGE CHECKLIST ................................................................................................. 41<br />
FUSELAGE – RIGHT CHECKLIST ..................................................................................... 42<br />
FRONT FUSELAGE CHECKLIST ....................................................................................... 48<br />
LEFT WING CHECKLIST .................................................................................................... 50<br />
RAMP OUT CHECKLIST ..................................................................................................... 55<br />
Section 2: NORMAL PROCEDURES ...................................................................................... 56<br />
BEFORE START CHECKLIST ............................................................................................ 59<br />
ENGINE START CHECKLIST ............................................................................................. 65<br />
BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST ................................................................................................ 71<br />
BEFORE TAKEOFF RUN-UP CHECKLIST ......................................................................... 79<br />
BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST ....................................................................................... 85<br />
BEFORE TAKEOFF FINAL ITEMS CHECKLIST ................................................................. 89<br />
CLIMB CHECKLIST ............................................................................................................ 93<br />
CRUISE CHECKLIST .......................................................................................................... 97<br />
DESCENT CHECKLIST .................................................................................................... 103<br />
DESCENT FINAL ITEMS CHECKLIST .............................................................................. 109<br />
AFTER LANDING CHECKLIST ......................................................................................... 113<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> Diamond Twin Star<br />
SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST ................................................................................................ 117<br />
RAMP IN CHECKLIST ...................................................................................................... 120<br />
SECURE CHECKLIST ...................................................................................................... 121<br />
Section 3: EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ............................................................................ 123<br />
INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... 124<br />
ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST (DURING GROUND ROLL) ........... 127<br />
ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST (ABOVE 78 KIAS, RUNWAY<br />
REMAINING) ..................................................................................................................... 131<br />
ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST (ABOVE 78 KIAS, NO RUNWAY<br />
REMAINING) ..................................................................................................................... 135<br />
ENGINE FAILURE DURING FLIGHT CHECKLIST ........................................................... 141<br />
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE LANDING CHECKLIST ..................................................... 147<br />
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE GO-AROUND CHECKLIST ............................................... 151<br />
ENGINE FIRE ON GROUND CHECKLIST ....................................................................... 155<br />
ENGINE FIRE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST .............................................................. 159<br />
ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT CHECKLIST ............................................................................ 163<br />
ELECTRICAL FIRE ON GROUND CHECKLIST ............................................................... 167<br />
ELECTRICAL FIRE IN FLIGHT CHECKLIST .................................................................... 171<br />
EMERGENCY EXIT CHECKLIST ..................................................................................... 175<br />
STARTER MALFUNCTION CHECKLIST .......................................................................... 177<br />
EMERGENCY DESCENT CHECKLIST ............................................................................ 179<br />
CABIN CARBON MONOXIDE CONTAMINATION CHECKLIST ....................................... 181<br />
UNINTENTIONAL FLIGHT INTO ICING CONDITIONS CHECKLIST ................................ 183<br />
UNINTENTIONAL SPIN RECOVERY CHECKLIST ........................................................... 187<br />
LANDING GEAR SYSTEM MALFUNCTION CHECKLIST ................................................ 189<br />
MANUAL EXTENSION OF LANDING GEAR CHECKLIST ............................................... 190<br />
GEAR-UP LANDING CHECKLIST .................................................................................... 193<br />
LANDING WITH DEFECTIVE TIRE CHECKLIST.............................................................. 195<br />
UNLOCKED DOORS CHECKLIST ................................................................................... 197<br />
COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FAILURE CHECKLIST ........................................... 198<br />
ONE ALTERNATOR FAILED CHECKLIST ....................................................................... 201<br />
BOTH ALTERNATORS FAILED CHECKLIST ................................................................... 202<br />
OVERVOLTAGE CHECKLIST .......................................................................................... 204<br />
ENGINE RUNNING ROUGHLY CHECKLIST .................................................................... 206<br />
LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST ........................................................................... 208<br />
HIGH OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST ................................................................................. 211<br />
HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE CHECKLIST .......................................................................... 212<br />
HIGH CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE ........................................................................ 214<br />
UN-COMMANDED HIGH RPM CHECKLIST ..................................................................... 216<br />
UN-COMMANDED LOW RPM CHECKLIST ..................................................................... 218<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
HIGH FUEL FLOW CHECKLIST ....................................................................................... 220<br />
OSCILLATING PROPELLER RPM CHECKLIST ............................................................... 221<br />
PROPELLER OVERSPEED CHECKLIST ......................................................................... 222<br />
DEFECTIVE ENGINE CONTROLS ................................................................................... 223<br />
Section – 4 -ABNORMAL PROCEDURES ............................................................................ 225<br />
INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... 226<br />
AIR STARTING/UNFEATHERING CHECKLIST ................................................................ 227<br />
PRECAUTIONARY LANDING CHECKLIST ...................................................................... 231<br />
CANOPY IN COOLING GAP POSITION CHECKLIST ...................................................... 233<br />
FAILURE IN FLAP SYSTEM CHECKLIST......................................................................... 234<br />
NO FLAP LANDING CHECKLIST ..................................................................................... 236<br />
CONTINUOUS OPERATION OF HYDRAULIC PUMP CHECKLIST ................................. 238<br />
HYDRAULIC PUMP FAILURE CHECKLIST ...................................................................... 239<br />
LANDING WITH HIGH MASS (WEIGHT) CHECKLIST ..................................................... 240<br />
LIGHTNING STRIKE CHECKLIST .................................................................................... 241<br />
ENGINE INDICATIONS OUTSIDE OF GREEN RANGE CHECKLIST .............................. 243<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> Diamond Twin Star<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
REVISION HIGHLIGHTS<br />
The following items were changed, modified, added, or deleted<br />
in this revision.<br />
Rev # Date Page Description Initials<br />
Original 12-17-09 All New Document WSC<br />
01 09-01-10 All Complete revision. WSC<br />
02 07-01-11 All Complete Revision RLT<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> Diamond Twin Star<br />
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES<br />
This list of effective pages is used to determine the current status of every<br />
page in this Training Program. Any page dated “12/17/09” indicates it has<br />
not been changed since 12/17/09.<br />
Page Rev # Date Page Rev # Date Page Rev # Date<br />
Cover 02 07/01/11 26 02 07/01/11 62 02 07/01/11<br />
i 02 07/01/11 27 02 07/01/11 63 02 07/01/11<br />
ii 02 07/01/11 28 02 07/01/11 64 02 07/01/11<br />
iii 02 07/01/11 29 02 07/01/11 65 02 07/01/11<br />
iv 02 07/01/11 30 02 07/01/11 66 02 07/01/11<br />
v 02 07/01/11 31 02 07/01/11 67 02 07/01/11<br />
vi 02 07/01/11 32 02 07/01/11 68 02 07/01/11<br />
vii 02 07/01/11 33 02 07/01/11 69 02 07/01/11<br />
viii 02 07/01/11 34 02 07/01/11 70 02 07/01/11<br />
Ix 02 07/01/11 35 02 07/01/11 71 02 07/01/11<br />
x 02 07/01/11 36 02 07/01/11 72 02 07/01/11<br />
1 02 07/01/11 37 02 07/01/11 73 02 07/01/11<br />
2 02 07/01/11 38 02 07/01/11 74 02 07/01/11<br />
3 02 07/01/11 39 02 07/01/11 75 02 07/01/11<br />
4 02 07/01/11 40 02 07/01/11 76 02 07/01/11<br />
5 02 07/01/11 41 02 07/01/11 77 02 07/01/11<br />
6 02 07/01/11 42 02 07/01/11 78 02 07/01/11<br />
7 02 07/01/11 43 02 07/01/11 79 02 07/01/11<br />
8 02 07/01/11 44 02 07/01/11 80 02 07/01/11<br />
9 02 07/01/11 45 02 07/01/11 81 02 07/01/11<br />
10 02 07/01/11 46 02 07/01/11 82 02 07/01/11<br />
11 02 07/01/11 47 02 07/01/11 83 02 07/01/11<br />
12 02 07/01/11 48 02 07/01/11<br />
13 02 07/01/11 49 02 07/01/11<br />
14 02 07/01/11 50 02 07/01/11<br />
15 02 07/01/11 51 02 07/01/11<br />
16 02 07/01/11 52 02 07/01/11<br />
17 02 07/01/11 53 02 07/01/11<br />
18 02 07/01/11 54 02 07/01/11<br />
19 02 07/01/11 55 02 07/01/11<br />
20 02 07/01/11 56 02 07/01/11<br />
21 02 07/01/11 57 02 07/01/11<br />
22 02 07/01/11 58 02 07/01/11<br />
23 02 07/01/11 59 02 07/01/11<br />
24 02 07/01/11 60 02 07/01/11<br />
25 02 07/01/11 61 02 07/01/11<br />
FAA Accepted.<br />
Signature on file.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
Page Rev # Date Page Rev # Date Page Rev # Date<br />
84 02 07/01/11 124 02 07/01/11 164 02 07/01/11<br />
85 02 07/01/11 125 02 07/01/11 165 02 07/01/11<br />
86 02 07/01/11 126 02 07/01/11 166 02 07/01/11<br />
87 02 07/01/11 127 02 07/01/11 167 02 07/01/11<br />
88 02 07/01/11 128 02 07/01/11 168 02 07/01/11<br />
89 02 07/01/11 129 02 07/01/11 169 02 07/01/11<br />
90 02 07/01/11 130 02 07/01/11 170 02 07/01/11<br />
91 02 07/01/11 131 02 07/01/11 171 02 07/01/11<br />
92 02 07/01/11 132 02 07/01/11 172 02 07/01/11<br />
93 02 07/01/11 133 02 07/01/11 173 02 07/01/11<br />
94 02 07/01/11 134 02 07/01/11 174 02 07/01/11<br />
95 02 07/01/11 135 02 07/01/11 175 02 07/01/11<br />
96 02 07/01/11 136 02 07/01/11 176 02 07/01/11<br />
97 02 07/01/11 137 02 07/01/11 177 02 07/01/11<br />
98 02 07/01/11 138 02 07/01/11 178 02 07/01/11<br />
99 02 07/01/11 139 02 07/01/11 179 02 07/01/11<br />
100 02 07/01/11 140 02 07/01/11 180 02 07/01/11<br />
101 02 07/01/11 141 02 07/01/11 181 02 07/01/11<br />
102 02 07/01/11 142 02 07/01/11 182 02 07/01/11<br />
103 02 07/01/11 143 02 07/01/11 183 02 07/01/11<br />
104 02 07/01/11 144 02 07/01/11 184 02 07/01/11<br />
105 02 07/01/11 145 02 07/01/11 185 02 07/01/11<br />
106 02 07/01/11 146 02 07/01/11 186 02 07/01/11<br />
107 02 07/01/11 147 02 07/01/11 187 02 07/01/11<br />
108 02 07/01/11 148 02 07/01/11 188 02 07/01/11<br />
109 02 07/01/11 149 02 07/01/11<br />
110 02 07/01/11 150 02 07/01/11<br />
111 02 07/01/11 151 02 07/01/11<br />
112 02 07/01/11 152 02 07/01/11<br />
113 02 07/01/11 153 02 07/01/11<br />
114 02 07/01/11 154 02 07/01/11<br />
115 02 07/01/11 155 02 07/01/11<br />
116 02 07/01/11 156 02 07/01/11<br />
117 02 07/01/11 157 02 07/01/11<br />
118 02 07/01/11 158 02 07/01/11<br />
119 02 07/01/11 159 02 07/01/11<br />
120 02 07/01/11 160 02 07/01/11<br />
121 02 07/01/11 161 02 07/01/11<br />
122 02 07/01/11 162 02 07/01/11<br />
123 01 09/01/10 163 01 09/01/10<br />
FAA Accepted.<br />
Signature on file.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP xi<br />
Page Rev # Date Page Rev # Date Page Rev # Date<br />
189 02 07/01/11 229 02 07/01/11<br />
190 02 07/01/11 230 02 07/01/11<br />
191 02 07/01/11 231 02 07/01/11<br />
192 02 07/01/11 232 02 07/01/11<br />
193 02 07/01/11 233 02 07/01/11<br />
194 02 07/01/11 234 02 07/01/11<br />
195 02 07/01/11 235 02 07/01/11<br />
196 02 07/01/11 236 02 07/01/11<br />
197 02 07/01/11 237 02 07/01/11<br />
198 02 07/01/11 238 02 07/01/11<br />
199 02 07/01/11 239 02 07/01/11<br />
200 02 07/01/11 240 02 07/01/11<br />
201 02 07/01/11 241 02 07/01/11<br />
202 02 07/01/11 242 02 07/01/11<br />
203 02 07/01/11 243 02 07/01/11<br />
204 02 07/01/11 244 02 07/01/11<br />
205 02 07/01/11 245 02 07/01/11<br />
206 02 07/01/11 246 02 07/01/11<br />
207 02 07/01/11 247 02 07/01/11<br />
208 02 07/01/11 248 02 07/01/11<br />
209 02 07/01/11 249 02 07/01/11<br />
210 02 07/01/11 250 02 07/01/11<br />
211 02 07/01/11<br />
212 02 07/01/11<br />
213 02 07/01/11<br />
214 02 07/01/11<br />
215 02 07/01/11<br />
216 02 07/01/11<br />
217 02 07/01/11<br />
218 02 07/01/11<br />
219 02 07/01/11<br />
220 02 07/01/11<br />
221 02 07/01/11<br />
222 02 07/01/11<br />
223 02 07/01/11<br />
224 02 07/01/11<br />
225 02 07/01/11<br />
226 02 07/01/11<br />
227 02 07/01/11<br />
228 02 07/01/11<br />
FAA Accepted.<br />
Signature on file.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
xii<br />
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
DISCLAIMER<br />
<strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> (<strong>ERAU</strong>) is not responsible for any<br />
errors or omissions of this document. While the <strong>DA42</strong>-<strong>L360</strong> Standard<br />
Operating Procedures (SOP), and associated checklists are <strong>ERAU</strong>’s<br />
guidelines for the safe operation of the <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> aircraft, they are not the<br />
sole source of information regarding the operation of this aircraft. The pilotin-command<br />
must refer to the Diamond <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> Pilot Operating<br />
Handbook for further information.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP xiii<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 1<br />
INTRODUCTION<br />
The procedures outlined within the <strong>DA42</strong>-<strong>L360</strong> Standard Operating<br />
Procedures (SOP) have been reviewed and accepted by the <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong><br />
Flight Training Department for use in the <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong><br />
<strong>University</strong> (<strong>ERAU</strong>) Flight Training Program.<br />
The Standard Operating Procedures explain the intended use of Preflight<br />
and Normal procedures used in operating the <strong>DA42</strong>-<strong>L360</strong> aircraft and<br />
provide a detailed explanation of individual checklist items, Standard<br />
Operating Procedures (SOP), and recommended techniques used to<br />
accomplish them.<br />
The <strong>DA42</strong>-<strong>L360</strong> SOP has been developed utilizing generally accepted<br />
industry procedures and several reference texts and manuals. Industry<br />
sources include the Diamond Aircraft Company, the National Aeronautics<br />
and Space Administration (NASA), the Federal Aviation Administration<br />
(FAA), United Airlines, and Northwest Airlines.<br />
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes found throughout the SOP. The following<br />
definitions apply:<br />
WARNING<br />
Operating procedures, techniques, etc., that, if not<br />
carefully followed, could result in personal injury or loss<br />
of life.<br />
CAUTION<br />
Operating procedures, techniques, etc, that, if not<br />
carefully followed, could result in damage to equipment.<br />
NOTE<br />
An operating procedure, technique, etc, that is<br />
considered essential to emphasize.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
2 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
<strong>ERAU</strong> CHECKLIST POLICY<br />
A critical element in the development as a professional pilot is in the<br />
training in checklist usage and discipline. Pilot deviations from standard<br />
operating procedures are the number one crew related cause of hull loss<br />
accidents. Many of these accidents and incidents are the direct result of<br />
the improper use of or lack of training in checklist usage. Therefore,<br />
checklist usage and discipline must be emphasized in our crew<br />
environment to help ensure safe and efficient flight operations at <strong>Embry</strong>-<br />
<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> and in preparing students for careers as<br />
professional pilots.<br />
All checklists are accomplished by either a Do/Verify or<br />
Challenge/Response methodology. The Read/Do methodology has been<br />
eliminated as an acceptable means of conducting the checklist. The<br />
principle advantage of the Do/Verify philosophy provides for setup<br />
redundancy.<br />
Setup redundancy occurs when the aircraft is configured from memory<br />
(Flow) and the checklist is used only to verify that all items have been<br />
accomplished properly. Therefore, if an item is missed in a flow check, a<br />
second opportunity exists to catch the missed item during the checklist<br />
procedure. While the Do/Verify method may require additional dry time to<br />
learn the flows, when practiced and perfected, the level of a truly<br />
professional pilot will be attained. Note flows should be silent and checklist<br />
items shall be conducted out loud.<br />
Consistent with the Do/Verify philosophy, the checklist must be used to<br />
back up the flow even though a memorized flow check shall be employed.<br />
A memory-guided checklist (no verification of the flow with the checklist) is<br />
unacceptable and not consistent with safe flight operations. In addition, a<br />
visual verification that a switch or control is in the correct position when<br />
accomplishing the checklist is mandatory (not to be verbalized).<br />
The only exception to the Do/Verify philosophy occurs when conducting<br />
Abnormal Checklist items. These items are not performed as part of a flow<br />
but as Read/Do. The initiation and completion of all checklists shall be<br />
announced by the executing crewmember or the challenging crewmember<br />
in the case of a Challenge/Response checklist (e.g., “Before Start<br />
Checklist”.......“Before Start Checklist Complete”).<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 3<br />
The initial callout allows the crew to concentrate on the checklist being<br />
performed, and the completion call is a necessary action to allow the crew<br />
to mentally move to other areas of operation with reassurance that the<br />
previous checklist is complete.<br />
Use the specific wording of each Challenge and Response for all normal<br />
situations. When an item allows a choice of responses, such as Pitot<br />
Heat...Off (On), the choices are listed and the appropriate response shall<br />
be given. The first response is the most probable control position, while the<br />
response in parentheses is the least probable control position. When a<br />
checklist response does not allow for the use of a specific switch position,<br />
the following terms should be used as a response:<br />
• SET: Indicates that panel switches/knobs must be moved to or in the<br />
appropriate position.<br />
• CHECK: Indicates that controls/other systems must be<br />
evaluated/tested.<br />
• INSPECT: Indicates that equipment must be visually checked for<br />
damage and security.<br />
Any interruption in accomplishing a checklist (other than for Final Items or<br />
routine communications) requires the checklist to be repeated to ensure<br />
prevention of any checklist item from being missed as a result of the<br />
interruption.<br />
The Sterile Cockpit concept shall be employed on the ground and in critical<br />
phases of flight to help ensure that critical checklists are accomplished<br />
correctly. Sterile cockpit refers to the elimination of nonessential<br />
conversation, excluding conversation necessary for safe flight operations or<br />
flight instruction. Finally, clear communications shall be used when<br />
changing system configuration or during exchange of the flight controls.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
4 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
INTRA-COCKPIT VERBAL COORDINATION<br />
In addition to reading back communications with ATC, Hear-Backs shall be<br />
employed between the student and the instructor in the airplane. This is to<br />
help ensure a common understanding by one flight crewmember that<br />
repeats the instructions verbally and obtains agreement on the content and<br />
intent from the other flight crewmember in the airplane. When flight<br />
crewmembers verbally confirm their understanding of the instructions, any<br />
errors or misunderstandings can be discovered and corrected, thus<br />
preventing any hazardous situations from developing. This verbal<br />
coordination shall be accomplished:<br />
(1) When ATC issues taxi instructions for departure, the flight crew should<br />
refer to the airport diagram, coordinate verbally and agree on the<br />
assigned runway and taxi route, including any instructions to hold short<br />
of, or cross any intersecting runways.<br />
(2) When ATC issues landing instructions, the flight crew should<br />
coordinate verbally and agree on the runway assigned, as well as any<br />
restrictions such as hold short points of an intersecting runway after<br />
landing.<br />
(3) After landing and exiting the runway, the flight crew should coordinate<br />
verbally and agree on the ATC taxi instructions to the aircraft’s parking<br />
area, including any instructions to hold short of, or cross any<br />
intersecting runways.<br />
(4) At complex intersections, the flight crew should verbally coordinate to<br />
ensure that the intersection is correctly identified and that the aircraft is<br />
transitioning through the intersection to the correct taxiway.<br />
(5) When approaching an intersecting runway, the flight crew should<br />
verbally coordinate in order to identify the runway. They should also<br />
verbally review the ATC instructions as to whether they are to hold<br />
short of or cross the runway.<br />
(6) Before crossing the hold short line or entering or crossing a runway<br />
for takeoff or landing, the flight crew should visually scan to the left<br />
and right, including the full length of the runway and its approach<br />
paths, and coordinate verbally that the area scanned is or is not<br />
clear. The pilot flying will callout “cleared to cross (runway number<br />
or taxiway name)”. The pilot monitoring will then confirm verbally<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 5<br />
that the aircraft is cleared to cross the runway or taxiway. If the pilot<br />
monitoring does not verbally conform this, the pilot flying shall not<br />
cross until verbal conformation is received.<br />
(7) Before entering a runway for takeoff, the flight crew shall verbally<br />
coordinate to ensure correct identification of the runway and receipt of<br />
the proper ATC clearance to use. Confirm runway directional<br />
alignment with the aircraft’s magnetic compass, horizontal situation<br />
indicator, and/or flight management system. Similar verification should<br />
be performed during approach to landing.<br />
(8) When a flight crewmember needs to stop monitoring any ATC<br />
frequency, the crewmember shall inform the other flight<br />
crewmember(s) when stopping and resuming the monitoring of an ATC<br />
frequency. Any instructions or information received or transmitted<br />
during that flight crewmember’s absence from the ATC frequency<br />
should be briefed and reviewed upon the crewmember’s return.<br />
(9) When the pilot not taxiing the aircraft focuses his or her attention on<br />
instruments in the cockpit, such as entering the data into the aircraft’s<br />
Flight Management System or Global Positioning System (GPS), and<br />
subsequently is not able to visually monitor the aircraft’s progress, he<br />
or she should verbally notify the pilot taxiing the aircraft. Likewise,<br />
notification should be made when that flight crewmember has<br />
completed his or her task and is again able to assist in visually<br />
monitoring the taxi operation.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
6 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 7<br />
STANDARD CALLOUTS<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
8 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
STANDARD CALLOUTS – NORMAL<br />
ACTION<br />
Initiate Ramp Out Checklist<br />
Completed Ramp Out Checklist<br />
Initiate Before Start Checklist<br />
Completed Before Start Checklist<br />
Initiate Engine Start Checklist<br />
Completed Engine Start Checklist<br />
Before engaging starter<br />
Initiate Before Taxi Checklist<br />
Completed Before Taxi Checklist<br />
Initiate Changing Flap Position<br />
(on the ground)<br />
Wait for Instructor’s Response<br />
Before Crossing Intersection/Hold<br />
Line<br />
Wait for Instructor’s Response<br />
Visually check flaps are up<br />
Wait for Instructor’s Response<br />
Initiate Before Takeoff Run-Up<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Before Takeoff Run-Up<br />
Checklist<br />
Initiate Before Takeoff Checklist<br />
Completed Before Takeoff<br />
Checklist<br />
Initiate Before Takeoff Final Items<br />
Checklist<br />
Attaining Rotation Speed<br />
Establishing a Positive Climb<br />
Rejecting or aborting a Takeoff<br />
CALLOUT<br />
“Ramp Out Checklist.”<br />
“Ramp Out Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Before Start Checklist.”<br />
“Before Start Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Engine Start Checklist”<br />
“Engine Start Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Clear (Left or Right) Prop.”<br />
“Before Taxi Checklist.”<br />
“Before Taxi Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Flaps Identified.”<br />
“Flaps Verified.”<br />
“Cleared to Cross (Taxiway Name)”<br />
or “Cleared to Cross (Runway<br />
Number)”<br />
Ex: “Cleared to Cross 7L”<br />
“Cleared to Cross Papa”<br />
“Cleared to Cross.”<br />
“Flaps Up.”<br />
“Flaps Up, Verified.”<br />
“Before Takeoff Run-Up Checklist.”<br />
“Before Takeoff Run-Up Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“Before Takeoff Checklist.”<br />
“Before Takeoff Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“Before Takeoff Final Items<br />
Checklist.”<br />
“V-R, Rotate.”<br />
“Positive Rate.”<br />
“Abort. Abort. Abort.”<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 9<br />
ACTION<br />
Extending the Landing Gear<br />
Verify Landing Gear is Down<br />
Instructor’s Response<br />
Visually verifying airspeed before<br />
lowering flaps<br />
Changing Assigned Altitudes<br />
Initiate Climb Checklist<br />
Completed Climb Checklist<br />
Initiate Cruise Checklist<br />
Completed Cruise Checklist<br />
Initiate Descent Checklist<br />
Completed Descent Checklist<br />
Initiate Descent Final Items<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Descent Final Items<br />
Checklist<br />
Stabilized Approach:<br />
Landing Approach - Stabilized<br />
Landing Approach - Not Stabilized<br />
Any other time a Go-Around is<br />
initiated<br />
Initiate After Landing Checklist<br />
Completed After Landing Checklist<br />
Initiate Shutdown Checklist<br />
Complete Shutdown Checklist<br />
CALLOUT<br />
“Gear Down.”<br />
“Three green, No red, One in the<br />
Mirror. Verify”<br />
“Gear Down, Verified.”<br />
“Below (limitation speed), Flaps<br />
(desired setting).”<br />
Ex: “Below 110, Flaps 10.”<br />
“Leaving ____ for ____.”<br />
(e.g., “Leaving 7000 for 8000” or<br />
“Leaving 8000 for 7000”)<br />
“Climb Checklist.”<br />
“Climb Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Cruise Checklist.”<br />
“Cruise Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Descent Checklist.”<br />
“Descent Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Descent Final Items Checklist.”<br />
“Descent Final Items Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“200 feet, Stabilized, Continuing.”<br />
“200 feet, Not Stabilized, Going<br />
Around.”<br />
“Going Around”<br />
“After Landing Checklist.”<br />
“After Landing Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Shutdown Checklist.”<br />
“Shutdown Checklist Complete.”<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
10 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
ACTION<br />
Instrument Approach:<br />
Precision Approach<br />
Non-Precision Approach<br />
GPS<br />
Outer Maker (OM)/<br />
Final Approach Fix (FAF):<br />
Precision Approach<br />
Non-Precision Approach<br />
CALLOUT<br />
“Localizer Alive.”<br />
“Glide Slope Alive.”<br />
“CDI Alive.”<br />
“ADF Within 10 Degrees.”<br />
“Approach Mode.” Or specify GPS<br />
mode (ex: “LPV” or “LNAV”)<br />
“Outer Marker, GS Crossing Alt.”<br />
(e.g., “Outer Marker, 1,496”)<br />
“Final Approach Fix.”<br />
1000 Feet Above DA(H)/MDA “1000 Feet Above DA(H)/MDA.”<br />
500 Feet Above DA(H)/MDA “500 Feet Above DA(H)/MDA.”<br />
100 Feet Above DA(H)/MDA “100 Feet Above DA(H)/MDA.”<br />
At MDA<br />
“Minimum Descent Altitude.”<br />
At DA(H):<br />
Runway (Visual Reference) In Sight<br />
Runway In Sight<br />
Runway Not In Sight<br />
“(Visual Reference) in Sight,<br />
Continuing.”<br />
“Runway in Sight, Landing.”<br />
“Missed Approach.”<br />
NOTE: (Visual Reference) applies<br />
to all items listed in 14 CFR Part<br />
91.175.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 11<br />
STANDARD CALLOUTS - EMERGENCY<br />
ACTION<br />
Initiate Engine Failure During<br />
Takeoff Checklist<br />
Completed Engine Failure During<br />
Takeoff Checklist<br />
Initiate Engine Failure During Flight<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Engine Failure During<br />
Flight Checklist<br />
Initiate One Engine Inoperative<br />
Landing Checklist<br />
Completed One Engine Inoperative<br />
Landing Checklist<br />
Initiate One Engine Inoperative Go-<br />
Around Checklist<br />
Completed One Engine Inoperative<br />
Go-Around Checklist<br />
Initiate Engine-Driven Fuel Pump<br />
Failure Checklist<br />
Completed Engine-Driven Fuel<br />
Pump Failure Checklist<br />
Initiate Engine Fire On Ground<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Engine Fire On Ground<br />
Checklist<br />
Initiate Engine Fire During Takeoff<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Engine Fire During<br />
Takeoff Checklist<br />
Initiate Engine Fire In Flight<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Engine Fire In Flight<br />
Checklist<br />
Initiate Electrical Fire On Ground<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Electrical Fire On<br />
Ground Checklist<br />
CALLOUT<br />
“Engine Failure During Takeoff<br />
Checklist.”<br />
“Engine Failure During Takeoff<br />
Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Engine Failure During Flight<br />
Checklist.”<br />
“Engine Failure During Flight<br />
Checklist Complete.”<br />
“One Engine Inoperative Landing<br />
Checklist.”<br />
“One Engine Inoperative Landing<br />
Checklist Complete.”<br />
“One Engine Inoperative Go-<br />
Around Checklist.”<br />
“One Engine Inoperative Go-<br />
Around Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Engine-Driven Fuel Pump Failure<br />
Checklist.”<br />
“Engine-Driven Fuel Pump Failure<br />
Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Engine Fire on Ground Checklist.”<br />
“Engine Fire on Ground Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“Engine Fire During Takeoff<br />
Checklist.”<br />
“Engine Fire During Takeoff<br />
Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Engine Fire In Flight Checklist.”<br />
“Engine Fire In Flight Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“Electrical Fire On Ground<br />
Checklist.”<br />
“Electrical Fire On Ground<br />
Checklist Complete.”<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
12 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
ACTION<br />
Initiate Electrical Fire In Flight<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Electrical Fire in Flight<br />
Checklist<br />
Initiate Emergency Exit Checklist<br />
Completed Emergency Exit<br />
Checklist<br />
Initiate Starter Malfunction<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Starter Malfunction<br />
Checklist<br />
Initiate Emergency Descent<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Emergency Descent<br />
Checklist<br />
Initiate Cabin Carbon Monoxide<br />
Contamination Checklist<br />
Completed Cabin Carbon Monoxide<br />
Contamination Checklist<br />
Initiate Unintentional Flight Into<br />
Icing Conditions Checklist<br />
Completed Unintentional Flight Into<br />
Icing Conditions Checklist<br />
Initiate Unintentional Spin Recovery<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Unintentional Spin<br />
Recovery Checklist<br />
Initiate Landing Gear System<br />
Malfunction Checklist<br />
Completed Landing Gear System<br />
Malfunction Checklist<br />
Initiate Manual Extension of<br />
Landing Gear Checklist<br />
CALLOUT<br />
“Electrical Fire in Flight Checklist.”<br />
“Electrical Fire in Flight Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“Emergency Exit Checklist.”<br />
“Emergency Exit Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“Starter Malfunction Checklist.”<br />
“Starter Malfunction Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“Emergency Descent Checklist.”<br />
“Emergency Descent Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“Cabin Carbon Monoxide<br />
Contamination Checklist.”<br />
“Cabin Carbon Monoxide<br />
Contamination Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“Unintentional Flight Into Icing<br />
Conditions Checklist.”<br />
“Unintentional Flight Into Icing<br />
Conditions Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Spin Recovery Checklist.”<br />
“Unintentional Spin Recovery<br />
Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Landing Gear System Malfunction<br />
Checklist.”<br />
“Landing Gear System Malfunction<br />
Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Manual Extension of Landing Gear<br />
Checklist.”<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 13<br />
ACTION<br />
Completed Manual Extension of<br />
Landing Gear Checklist<br />
Initiate Gear Up Landing Checklist<br />
Completed Gear Up Landing<br />
Checklist<br />
Initiate Landing With Defective Tire<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Landing With Defective<br />
Tire Checklist<br />
Initiate Landing With Defective<br />
Brakes Checklist<br />
Completed Landing With Defective<br />
Brakes Checklist<br />
Initiate Unlocked Doors Checklist<br />
Complete Unlocked Doors<br />
Checklist<br />
Initiate Complete Electric System<br />
Failure Checklist<br />
Completed Complete Electric<br />
System Failure Checklist<br />
Initiate One Alternator Failed<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed One Alternator Failed<br />
Checklist<br />
Initiate Both Alternators Failed<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Both Alternator Failed<br />
Checklist<br />
Initiate Over-Voltage Checklist<br />
Completed Over-Voltage Checklist<br />
Initiate Engine Running Roughly<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Engine Running<br />
Roughly Checklist<br />
CALLOUT<br />
“Manual Extension of Landing Gear<br />
Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Gear Up Landing Checklist.”<br />
“Gear Up Checklist Landing<br />
Complete.”<br />
“Landing With Defective Tire<br />
Checklist.”<br />
“Landing With Defective Tire<br />
Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Landing With Defectives Brake<br />
Checklist.”<br />
“Landing With Defective Brakes<br />
Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Unlocked Doors Checklist”<br />
“Unlocked Doors Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“Complete Electric System Failure<br />
Checklist.”<br />
“Complete Electric System Failure<br />
Checklist Complete.”<br />
“One Alternator Failed Checklist.”<br />
“One Alternator Failed Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“Both Alternators Failed Checklist.”<br />
“Both Alternators Failed Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“Over-Voltage Checklist.”<br />
“Over-Voltage Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Engine Running Roughly<br />
Checklist”<br />
Engine Running Roughly Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
14 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
ACTION<br />
Initiate Loss Of Oil Pressure<br />
Checklist<br />
Complete Loss Of Oil Pressure<br />
Checklist<br />
Initiate High Oil Pressure Checklist<br />
Initiate High Oil Pressure Checklist<br />
Initiate High Oil Temperature<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed High Oil Pressure<br />
Checklist<br />
Initiate High Cylinder Head<br />
Temperature Checklist<br />
Completed High Cylinder Head<br />
Temperature Checklist<br />
Initiate Un-Commanded High RPM<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Un-Commanded High<br />
RPM Checklist<br />
Initiate Un-Commanded Low RPM<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Un-Commanded Low<br />
RPM Checklist<br />
Initiate High Fuel Flow Checklist<br />
High Fuel Flow Checklist<br />
Initiate Oscillating Propeller RPM<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Oscillating Propeller<br />
RPM Checklist<br />
Initiate Propeller Overspeed<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Propeller Overspeed<br />
Checklist<br />
Initiate Defective Engine Controls<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Defective Engine<br />
Controls Checklist<br />
CALLOUT<br />
“Loss Of Oil Pressure Checklist.”<br />
“Loss Of Oil Pressure Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“High Oil Pressure Checklist.”<br />
“High Oil Pressure Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“High Oil Temperature Checklist.”<br />
“High Oil Temperature Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“High Cylinder Head Temperature<br />
Checklist.”<br />
“High Cylinder Head Temperature<br />
Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Un-Commanded High RPM<br />
Checklist.”<br />
“Un-Commanded High RPM<br />
Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Un-Commanded Low RPM<br />
Checklist.”<br />
“Un-Commanded Low RPM<br />
Checklist Complete.”<br />
“High Fuel Flow Checklist.”<br />
“High Fuel Flow Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“Oscillating Propeller RPM<br />
Checklist<br />
“Oscillating Propeller RPM<br />
Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Propeller Overspeed Checklist.”<br />
“Propeller Overspeed Checklist.”<br />
“Defective Engine Controls<br />
Checklist.”<br />
“Defective Engine Controls<br />
Checklist Complete.”<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 15<br />
STANDARD CALLOUTS - ABNORMAL<br />
ACTION<br />
Initiate Air Starting/Unfeathering<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Air<br />
Starting/Unfeathering Checklist<br />
Initiate Precautionary Landing<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Precautionary Landing<br />
Checklist<br />
Initiate Propeller Overspeed<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Propeller Overspeed<br />
Checklist<br />
Initiate Canopy Cooling Gap<br />
Position Checklist<br />
Completed Canopy Cooling Gap<br />
Position Checklist<br />
Initiate Failure In Flap System<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Failure In Flap System<br />
Checklist<br />
Initiate No Flap Landing Checklist<br />
Completed No Flap Landing<br />
Checklist<br />
Initiate Continuous Operation Of<br />
Hydraulic Pump Checklist<br />
Completed Continuous Operation<br />
Of Hydraulic Pump Checklist<br />
Initiate Hydraulic Pump Failure<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Hydraulic Pump Failure<br />
Checklist<br />
Initiate Landing With High Mass<br />
Checklist<br />
Completed Landing With High<br />
Mass Checklist<br />
CALLOUT<br />
“Air Starting/Unfeathering<br />
Checklist.”<br />
“Air Starting/Unfeathering Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“Precautionary Landing Checklist.”<br />
“Precautionary Landing Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“Engine Propeller Overspeed.”<br />
“Propeller Overspeed Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“Canopy Cooling Gap Position<br />
Checklist.”<br />
“Canopy Cooling Gap Position<br />
Complete.”<br />
“Failure In Flap System Checklist.”<br />
“Failure In Flap System Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“No Flap Landing Checklist.”<br />
“No Flap Landing Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“Continuous Operation Of Hydraulic<br />
Pump Checklist.”<br />
“Continuous Operation Of Hydraulic<br />
Pump Checklist Complete.”<br />
“Hydraulic Pump Failure Checklist.”<br />
“Hydraulic Pump Failure Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“Landing With High Mass<br />
Checklist.”<br />
“Landing With High Mass Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
16 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
ACTION<br />
Initiate Lightning Strike Checklist<br />
Completed Lightning Strike<br />
Checklist<br />
Initiate Engine Indications Outside<br />
Of Green Range Checklist<br />
Completed Engine Indications<br />
Outside Of Green Range Checklist<br />
CALLOUT<br />
“Lightning Strike Checklist.”<br />
“Lightning Strike Checklist<br />
Complete.”<br />
“Engine Indications Outside Of<br />
Green Range Checklist.”<br />
“Engine Indications Outside Of<br />
Green Range Checklist Complete.”<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 17<br />
Brake/Steering Checking Procedures<br />
When first beginning to taxi, conduct a check of braking effectiveness by:<br />
Allowing the airplane to begin movement under power; then,<br />
Reduce the power to idle and depress the top portion of both rudder<br />
pedals (brake function) sufficiently to bring the airplane to a complete<br />
stop.<br />
Verify that the braking effort, braking action, and pedal travel are all<br />
satisfactory.<br />
Verify that the airplane steering is satisfactory by:<br />
Depressing the rudder pedal in the direction of turn desired<br />
Verify that the airplane responds properly to the rudder pedal input.<br />
NOTE<br />
When an Instructor Pilot (IP) is seated in either the left or right<br />
front seat, the IP shall conduct a separate check of<br />
braking/steering effectiveness from that seating position to<br />
ensure that the rudder pedals are functioning properly,<br />
effectively, and satisfactory.<br />
Ensure that the throttle levers are set at idle before initiating a<br />
positive exchange of the flight controls.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
18 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
ENGINE PRIMING PROCEDURES<br />
NOTE<br />
The engine starting procedures that follow are applicable to<br />
both engines.<br />
Cold Engine - Oil temperature 148° F or less (outside green).<br />
1. STROBE LIGHTS ............................................................................... ON<br />
2. THROTTLE LEVER .......................................................... 1” FROM IDLE<br />
3. FUEL PUMP ....................................................................................... ON<br />
4. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER ..................................................................<br />
............................................. FULL RICH 3 to 5 seconds/IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
5. FUEL PUMP ..................................................................................... OFF<br />
6. THROTTLE LEVER ......................................................... ½” FROM IDLE<br />
Continue with ENGINE START FLOW<br />
NOTE<br />
Hot weather starting procedures depend upon how soon the<br />
next engine start is attempted. Within the first 20 to 30 minutes<br />
after shutdown, the fuel manifold is adequately primed and the<br />
empty injector nozzle lines will fill before the engine would<br />
cease to run (no additional priming should be needed).<br />
Warm Engine - Oil Temperature 149° F or greater (within green).<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVER .......................................................... 1” FROM IDLE<br />
2. FUEL PUMP ....................................................................................... ON<br />
3. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER ..................................................................<br />
........................................ FULL RICH 1 to 2 SECONDS/IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
4. FUEL PUMP ..................................................................................... OFF<br />
Continue with ENGINE START FLOW<br />
NOTE<br />
After engine start, advance the Mixture Control 1/3 open, then<br />
smoothly to the Full Forward (Full Rich) position as power<br />
develops.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 19<br />
Flooded Engine<br />
1. FUEL PUMP ..................................................................................... OFF<br />
2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER ......................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
3. THROTTLE LEVER ......................................................... MID POSITION<br />
4. IGNITION SWITCH....................................................................... START<br />
After engine starts:<br />
5. THROTTLE LEVER .......................................................................... IDLE<br />
6. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER ............................................... FULL RICH<br />
Continue with ENGINE START FLOW<br />
NOTE<br />
If the throttle is open much greater than 1/2 inch when the<br />
engine starts, the engine will surge to a much higher than<br />
normal RPM. Operating the engine in this manner may cause<br />
internal engine damage due to a lack of prior circulated oil.<br />
CAUTION<br />
Do not overheat the starter motor. Do not operate the starter<br />
motor for more than 10 seconds. After operating the starter<br />
motor, let it cool for 20 seconds. After 6 attempts to start the<br />
engine, allow the starter to cool for 30 minutes.<br />
If subsequent start attempt is unsuccessful, contact the Fleet<br />
Maintenance Department.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
20 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
LEANING PROCEDURES<br />
The following leaning procedures, developed for use during ground, climb,<br />
cruise, descent, and landing operations, are employed to aid in<br />
preventative maintenance and flight safety operations.<br />
With respect to the engine operation, utilization and adherence to these<br />
procedures are important, especially during high power settings and rich<br />
mixture settings, to prolong the engine life and to ensure flight safety.<br />
GROUND<br />
Lean to peak engine RPM:<br />
- Confirm that the Mixture Control Lever is in the Full Forward (Full-<br />
Rich) position.<br />
- Adjust the Throttle Lever to set 1200 RPM.<br />
- Lean the mixture by slowly moving the Mixture Control Lever aft while<br />
observing engine RPM slowly increasing.<br />
- Continue leaning the mixture until the engine RPM begins to<br />
decrease.<br />
- Once a decrease in engine RPM is observed, enrichen the mixture by<br />
slowly moving the Mixture Control Lever forward until peak engine<br />
RPM is attained.<br />
- Adjust the Throttle Lever to set 1000 RPM.<br />
TAKEOFF (High elevation airports only)<br />
- Lean the mixture for takeoff only when the airplane is operating at, or<br />
above 5000’ Density Altitude, by slowly moving the Mixture Control<br />
Lever aft to obtain the best power mixture setting.<br />
CLIMB (Below 5000’ Density Altitude)<br />
- Leave the Mixture Control Levers in the Full Forward (Full Rich)<br />
position.<br />
NOTE<br />
The mixture may be leaned at lower altitudes if necessary to<br />
obtain smooth engine operation.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 21<br />
CRUISE (Best Economy Mixture)<br />
- Lean the mixture by slowly moving the Mixture Control Lever aft until<br />
a decrease in engine RPM or engine roughness is observed.<br />
- Enrichen the mixture by slowly moving the Mixture Control Lever<br />
forward until peak engine RPM and smooth running of the engine are<br />
attained. At the same time, the Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT)<br />
should reach maximum (Peak)<br />
CAUTION<br />
CAUTION<br />
The best economy mixture setting may only be used up to a<br />
power setting of 75%.<br />
CRUISE (Best Power Mixture)<br />
- Lean the mixture by slowly moving the Mixture Control Lever aft until<br />
a decrease in engine RPM or engine roughness is observed.<br />
- Enrichen the mixture by slowly moving the Mixture Control Lever<br />
forward until the Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) is approximately<br />
100° F lower (Rich of Peak EGT)<br />
CAUTION<br />
CAUTION<br />
The mixture should be enrichened slightly before selecting a<br />
higher power setting. The Mixture Control Lever should always<br />
be moved slowly.<br />
MANEUVERS (Local)<br />
Ground Reference Maneuvers:<br />
- Slowly move both Mixture Controls to the Full Forward (Full-Rich)<br />
position.<br />
- Depress the Fuel Pump switches to the ON position (Below 1000’<br />
MSL).<br />
Other Maneuvers:<br />
- Leave both Mixture Control Levers in the established leaned position.<br />
- Ensure that both Fuel Pumps switches are in the OFF position.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
22 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
DESCENT<br />
- Slowly move the Mixture Control Levers forward to enrichen the<br />
mixture during the descent.<br />
LANDING<br />
When operating VFR:<br />
- Verify that both Mixture Control Levers are in the Full Forward (Full-<br />
Rich) position.<br />
- Depress both Fuel Pumps switches to the ON position when<br />
descending through 1,000’ AGL.<br />
When operating IFR:<br />
- Verify that both Mixture Control Levers are in the Full Forward (Full-<br />
Rich) position at 500’ above MDA or DA as applicable.<br />
- Depress both Fuel Pumps switches to the ON position when<br />
descending through 1,000’ AGL.<br />
All VFR airplanes entering the traffic pattern:<br />
- Verify that both Mixture Controls are in the Full Forward (Full- Rich)<br />
position.<br />
- Depress both Fuel Pumps switches to the ON position when<br />
descending through 1,000’ AGL.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 23<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
24 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
Section 1:<br />
PRE-FLIGHT<br />
PROCEDURES<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 25<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
26 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
INITIAL AIRCRAFT ACCEPTANCE<br />
CLIPBOARD CHECK<br />
Verify that the aircraft Tachometer agrees with what is entered on the<br />
Aircraft Condition board.<br />
Review past discrepancies and deferred items to ensure that no open<br />
discrepancies exist.<br />
Verify that all aircraft and equipment inspections are current including:<br />
100-hour inspection<br />
Annual Inspection<br />
24-month Transponder Test and Inspection<br />
24-month Altimeter, Pitot-Static System, and automatic pressure<br />
altitude reporting system (Mode S) Test and Inspection<br />
12-month ELT unit Inspection<br />
ELT Battery<br />
VOR Accuracy Check (if applicable)<br />
Survival Kit<br />
Check oil and fuel levels first to avoid any delays on departure.<br />
Clean the interior and exterior sides of the canopy with approved<br />
cleaning solution and towels. A clean canopy increases visibility and<br />
collision avoidance. Ensure that there are no cracks in the canopy. Do<br />
not place any item(s) (i.e. headsets, clipboard, etc.) on top of the glare<br />
shield panel, as this can scratch the canopy.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 27<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
28 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
PRE-FLIGHT FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To facilitate an effective preflight and determine aircraft<br />
airworthiness.<br />
1. Cabin<br />
2. Fuselage - Left<br />
3. Empennage<br />
4. Fuselage - Right<br />
5. Right Wing<br />
6. Front Fuselage<br />
7. Left Wing<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 29<br />
PRE-FLIGHT CHECKLIST<br />
CABIN CHECKLIST<br />
1. GUST LOCKS (if installed) ..................................................... REMOVE<br />
2. PITOT/STATIC MAST COVER (if installed)............................ REMOVE<br />
3. ENGINE OIL QUANTITY ........................................................... CHECK<br />
4. FUEL QUANTITY (MAIN/AUX) .................................................. CHECK<br />
CALL FOR SERVICE IF NEEDED<br />
5. FUEL SUMPS (6) ........................................................................DRAIN<br />
6. CONTROL LOCK ................................................................... REMOVE<br />
7. DOCUMENTS ........................................................................... CHECK<br />
8. AFM ................................................................................... AVAILABLE<br />
9. G1000 CRG ....................................................................... AVAILABLE<br />
10. FIRE EXTINGUISHER ............................................ CHECK/SECURED<br />
11. SURVIVAL KIT ....................................................... VERIFY/SECURED<br />
12. REAR DOOR .......................................................... CHECK/SECURED<br />
13. RUDDER PEDALS ................................................................... ADJUST<br />
14. PARKING BRAKE ........................................................................... SET<br />
15. FUEL SELECTORS ............................................................ CHECK/ON<br />
16. ALTERNATE AIR ........................................................................... OFF<br />
17. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
18. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS ...................................... FULL FORWARD<br />
19. THROTTLE LEVERS ....................................................... CHECK/IDLE<br />
20. MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION. .............................................. CHECK IN<br />
21. GEAR SELECTOR ..................................................................... DOWN<br />
22. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />
23. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />
24. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................... OFF<br />
25. PITOT HEAT .................................................................................. OFF<br />
26. ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE ................................ CHECK/CLOSED<br />
27. ALTERNATOR SWITCHES ............................................................. ON<br />
28. POSITION LIGHTS .......................................................................... ON<br />
29. HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH .............................. OFF/GUARDED<br />
30. ELT ........................................................................................... ARMED<br />
31. CIRCUIT BREAKERS ........................................................................ IN<br />
32. FLAPS SWITCH ................................................................................ UP<br />
33. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ......................................................... ON<br />
34. LANDING GEAR POSITION INDICATORS ........................... 3 GREEN<br />
35. FUEL QUANTITY ............................................................................ SET<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
30 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
36. FUEL TRANSFER PUMPS....................................................... ON/OFF<br />
If L/R Aux Fuel Empty -<br />
“Caution - Aux Tank(s) Empty”<br />
37. EXTERIOR LIGHTS ......... CHECK/OFF (EXCEPT POSITION LIGHTS)<br />
38. PITOT HEAT ..................................................................... CHECK/OFF<br />
39. STALL HEAT/HORN .................................................................. CHECK<br />
40. GEAR WARNING HORN .............................................................. TEST<br />
41. VARIABLE ELEVATOR STOP .................................................. CHECK<br />
42. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />
43. FLIGHT CONTROLS ................................................. FREE/CORRECT<br />
44. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM .................................... CHECK/SET<br />
45. CANOPY ...................................................................... CHECK/CLEAN<br />
46. CABIN CHECKLIST............................................................ COMPLETE<br />
NOTE<br />
When using the step on the <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong>, grasp the handhold<br />
located behind the rear cabin door to support your body weight.<br />
Stepping onto the step without using the handhold may<br />
damage the step, weakening its welded construction, and<br />
creating an unsafe condition.<br />
1. GUST LOCKS (if installed) REMOVE<br />
REMOVE the GUST LOCKS (if installed) from all flight control surfaces.<br />
Stow and secure the gust locks in the aft baggage compartment.<br />
CAUTION<br />
The ailerons or rudder will be damaged if moved with the gust<br />
locks installed.<br />
2. PITOT/STATIC MAST COVER REMOVE<br />
REMOVE the PITOT/STATIC MAST COVER from the Pitot/Static Mast<br />
(located on the underside of the left wing).<br />
3. ENGINE OIL QUANTITY CHECK<br />
CHECK the ENGINE OIL QUANTITY on Left and Right engines. Oil<br />
quantity should be a minimum of 7 quarts for local flight operations. Ensure<br />
that the dipsticks are secured.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 31<br />
If the level is below seven (7) quarts, obtain Exxon Elite 20W-50<br />
oil from the ramp fuel truck or applicable FBO. Use Aeroshell<br />
100 (SAE 50) or equivalent, only if Exxon Elite 20W-50 is<br />
unavailable.<br />
4. FUEL QUANTITY (MAIN/AUX) CHECK<br />
CHECK the FUEL QUANTITY in the MAIN and the AUX (Auxiliary) tanks.<br />
Refer to the <strong>ERAU</strong> Flight Operations Manual for fuel requirements. Ensure<br />
that the fuel cap is secured in place with the fuel cap lever folding down<br />
and toward the trailing edge of the wing.<br />
NOTE<br />
The fuel quantity indicators shall not substitute for visually<br />
checking fuel quantity.<br />
As standard configuration for all <strong>ERAU</strong> <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> aircraft, both<br />
auxiliary fuel tanks will be fully filled for each flight.<br />
CALL FOR SERVICE IF NEEDED<br />
If insufficient fuel or oil is noted, contact <strong>ERAU</strong> Flight Data<br />
(Eagle Data) on 122.825 MHz to request aircraft servicing (Fuel<br />
Truck).<br />
5. FUEL SUMPS (6) DRAIN<br />
Using the fuel sample cup (GATS Jar), DRAIN a small quantity of fuel from<br />
the six (6) flush-type FUEL SUMPS located under each wing, to the side of<br />
each cowling (gascolator), and auxiliary tank (behind each engine nacelle).<br />
Check for water, sediment, and verify that the proper grade of fuel (100LL,<br />
Blue in color) is present. Water in the sample will be indicated by a clear<br />
amount of liquid at the bottom of the sampler cup (due to the greater<br />
density of water than fuel). Dispose of contaminated fuel in the fuel<br />
receptacles located on the east side of the <strong>ERAU</strong> ramp. Remove any<br />
residual water from inside of sampler cup and continue to take fuel samples<br />
until water is no longer present in any fuel sample.<br />
NOTE<br />
DO NOT DUMP FUEL ON THE RAMP.<br />
6. CONTROL LOCK REMOVE<br />
REMOVE the CONTROL LOCK and stow it in the aft baggage<br />
compartment.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
32 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
7. DOCUMENTS CHECK<br />
CHECK that the Airworthiness Certificate and Aircraft Registration are on<br />
board the airplane. If the airplane has a temporary registration (Pink color),<br />
check that the temporary registration’s date is within 90 days of its<br />
issuance. Verify that the DOCUMENTS have the correct registration<br />
number (“N” number) for the airplane. Ensure that the Airworthiness<br />
Certificate is displayed and clearly visible.<br />
8. AFM AVAILABLE<br />
Ensure that the AFM (Airplane Flight Manual) for that airplane is<br />
AVAILABLE, including the weight and balance documentation (per 14 CFR<br />
Part 91.9).<br />
9. G1000 CRG AVAILABLE<br />
Ensure the G1000 (Garmin 1000) CRG (Cockpit Reference Guide) is<br />
AVAILABLE and updated to the latest version of the G1000 system<br />
software. The G1000 software version can be found on the System Status<br />
page of the Auxiliary chapter on the Multi-Function Display (MFD).<br />
10. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CHECK/SECURED<br />
CHECK the FIRE EXTINGUISHER for proper charge (indicator pointing in<br />
the green) and the date of last inspection (within 1 year). Verify that the fire<br />
extinguisher is SECURED by verifying the bracket latch is closed.<br />
11. SURVIVAL KIT VERIFY/SECURED<br />
VERIFY that the SURVIVAL EQUIPMENT, including the survival kit, flare<br />
gun and life jackets, are on board and SECURED with the cargo safety net.<br />
Secure any additional cargo with the safety net to prevent shifting during<br />
flight. Ensure that the survival kit has a safety tag and it is not broken and<br />
that flotation devices are located behind each pilot seat.<br />
12. REAR DOOR CHECK/SECURED<br />
CHECK that the rear door is closed and SECURED, and that the safety<br />
wire is installed on the Emergency handle. For evacuation purposes, DO<br />
NOT lock the rear door using the key.<br />
13. RUDDER PEDALS ADJUST<br />
ADJUST the RUDDER PEDALS as required for comfortable seating<br />
position and to ensure having full rudder travel capability. Ensure that the<br />
pedals lock in the track.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 33<br />
14. PARKING BRAKE SET<br />
SET the PARKING BRAKE by applying pressure to the top part of the<br />
rudder pedals while moving the parking brake lever down, or by setting the<br />
lever to the ON position and then by depressing the brake pedals multiple<br />
times to build the pressure.<br />
CAUTION<br />
If the parking brake is not engaged, the airplane may roll on the<br />
ramp when tie-downs and chocks are removed.<br />
15. FUEL SELECTORS CHECK/ON<br />
CHECK the FUEL SELECTORS for freedom of movement through all<br />
positions and return to the ON position.<br />
16. ALTERNATE AIR OFF<br />
Confirm that the ALTERNATE AIR lever is in the OFF (CLOSED) position<br />
(pushed in).<br />
17. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
Verify that the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS are in the IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
(full aft) position.<br />
NOTE<br />
The Mixture Control Levers incorporate a locking feature that<br />
prevents the lever from moving back to a Lean, or IDLE CUT-<br />
OFF position without first depressing the knob on the lever.<br />
18. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />
Verify that the PROPELLER RPM LEVERS are in the FULL FORWARD<br />
position.<br />
19. THROTTLE LEVERS CHECK/IDLE<br />
CHECK the THROTTLE LEVERS for freedom of movement and return to<br />
the IDLE (full aft) position. Adjust the friction lock as necessary.<br />
20. MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION CHECK IN<br />
CHECK that the MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION lever is pushed IN.<br />
21. GEAR SELECTOR DOWN<br />
Verify that the landing GEAR SELECTOR is in the Down position.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
34 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
22. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />
Verify that the AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH is in the OFF position.<br />
23. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />
Verify that the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH is in the OFF position.<br />
24. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />
Verify that the IGNITION SWITCHES are in the OFF position and the<br />
ignition keys are out (not inserted).<br />
25. PITOT HEAT OFF<br />
Verify that the PITOT HEAT switch is in the OFF position.<br />
26. ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE CHECK/CLOSED<br />
CHECK the operation of the ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE by opening<br />
and closing the Alternate Static Source lever. Once the check has been<br />
completed, place the lever in the CLOSED position.<br />
27. ALTERNATOR SWITCHES ON<br />
Place the LH (left hand) and RH (right hand) ALTERNATOR SWITCHES in<br />
the ON position.<br />
28. POSITION LIGHTS ON<br />
Place the POSITION LIGHTS switch in the ON position to indicate that<br />
electrical power has been turned on in the aircraft.<br />
29. HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH OFF/GUARDED<br />
Verify that the Red HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH (located to the left<br />
side of the Standby Airspeed Indicator) is in the OFF position, and that the<br />
switch is GUARDED and secured with safety wire.<br />
NOTE<br />
If the safety wire is broken, call Fleet Maintenance to replace<br />
the safety wire.<br />
30. ELT ARMED<br />
Ensure that the ELT SWITCH is in the ARMED position. With the switch in<br />
the ON position, an ELT emergency signal will transmit.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 35<br />
31. CIRCUIT BREAKERS IN<br />
Verify that all CIRCUIT BREAKERS are IN by running your hand across the<br />
circuit breaker panel. If a circuit breaker is pulled out and has a tie-wrap<br />
around it, check appropriate equipment for an INOP placard (also noted on<br />
the aircraft clipboard).<br />
NOTE<br />
If a circuit breaker is pulled out and not tie-wrapped, call Fleet<br />
Maintenance. Do not push circuit breaker IN.<br />
32. FLAPS SWITCH UP<br />
Verify that FLAPS SWITCH is in the UP position.<br />
33. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ON<br />
Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the ON position.<br />
CAUTION<br />
When switching the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the ON<br />
position, the electrically driven hydraulic gear pump may<br />
activate for 5 to 20 seconds in order to restore the system<br />
pressure. Should the pump continue to operate continuously<br />
or periodically, there is a malfunction in the landing gear<br />
system. Turn the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF and advise<br />
Fleet Maintenance.<br />
34. LANDING GEAR POSITION INDICATORS 3 GREEN<br />
Verify that the 3 GREEN LANDING GEAR POSITION INDICATORS are<br />
illuminated.<br />
35. FUEL QUANTITY SET<br />
Select the Engine soft-key on Garmin 1000, and then select the Fuel softkey<br />
to SET the appropriate amount of fuel. The FUEL QUANTITY<br />
indicated on Garmin 1000 should match the quantity found during visual<br />
inspection.<br />
36. FUEL TRANSFER PUMPS ON/OFF<br />
Place the LH and RH FUEL TRANSFER PUMPS momentarily in the ON<br />
position. If the Main tanks are full, the auxiliary transfer pumps may not<br />
operate. In addition, a caution or advisory will not be displayed on the<br />
PFD.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
36 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
NOTE<br />
If the auxiliary tanks are empty, the auxiliary transfer pumps<br />
may not operate. In addition, Caution messages should be<br />
displayed on the PFD: “Aux tank(s) empty”.<br />
Place the FUEL TRANSFER pump switches in the OFF position.<br />
37. EXTERIOR LIGHTS CHECK/OFF (EXCEPT POSITION LIGHTS)<br />
Turn On the EXTERIOR LIGHTS and visually CHECK that all appropriate<br />
lights appropriate to the flight are operating properly. After checking, turn<br />
the exterior lights OFF except the position lights.<br />
Day: If any lights are inoperative, determine if they are required per<br />
14 CFR Part 91.205, 91.209, and 91.213.<br />
Night: In addition to the exterior lights, CHECK the interior cabin<br />
lighting. To adjust the panel lighting, turn both the flood light and<br />
instrument light rheostat controls, located on left-hand section of the<br />
instrument panel, clockwise to increase light intensity. CHECK the<br />
map lighting located overhead.<br />
NOTE<br />
If flying from daylight into night, lighting required for night<br />
flight operations must be operative.<br />
Be courteous with the use of strobes. Avoid leaving exterior<br />
lights on longer than necessary while checking their operation<br />
to conserve battery life. Ensure required lights are operating in<br />
accordance with 14 CFR Part 91.205, 91.209, and 91.213.<br />
38. PITOT HEAT CHECK/OFF<br />
NOTE<br />
For IFR only.<br />
Depress the PITOT HEAT switch in the On position and CHECK that the<br />
Pitot/Static Mast is warm to the touch within 30 seconds and that STALL<br />
HEAT FAIL is displayed on the PFD. Depress the Pitot Heat switch to the<br />
OFF position.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 37<br />
WARNING<br />
Ground operation of Pitot heat should be limited to a maximum<br />
time of 3 minutes to avoid damaging the Pitot heating unit. If<br />
the Pitot heat has been on more than 30 seconds, DO NOT<br />
TOUCH THE PITOT MAST. Severe burns may occur.<br />
39. STALL HEAT/HORN CHECK<br />
The stall warning vane, mounting plate, and the complete housing are<br />
heated to prevent icing. Heating is selected together with the Pitot tube<br />
heating. CHECK that the STALL HEAT is functioning and lift the Stall<br />
Warning vane (lift detector) to check the operation of the STALL HORN.<br />
40. GEAR WARNING HORN TEST<br />
TEST the landing GEAR WARNING HORN by depressing the GEAR<br />
WARNING test button.<br />
CAUTION<br />
If the aural alert is not heard, terminate flight and contact<br />
maintenance. Unscheduled maintenance is necessary.<br />
41. VARIABLE ELEVATOR STOP CHECK<br />
CHECK the VARIABLE ELEVATOR STOP operation by:<br />
a. Setting the FLAPS switch to the LDG position.<br />
b. Moving the Control stick fully aft and holding it at the backstop<br />
c. Setting the THROTTLE LEVERS to the MAX position (there<br />
should be no movement of the control stick).<br />
d. Setting the FLAPS switch to the approach position (there should<br />
be no movement of the control stick).<br />
e. Setting the FLAPS switch to the UP position (the control stick<br />
should move forward).<br />
f. Setting the THROTTLE LEVERS to the IDLE position (the control<br />
stick should regain full aft movement).<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
38 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
CAUTION<br />
As the handling qualities are degraded significantly during<br />
power-on stalls, the proper function of the Variable Elevator<br />
Stop is indispensable for the safety of flight. If the Variable<br />
Elevator Stop does not function properly, contact Fleet<br />
Maintenance.<br />
42. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />
Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />
43. FLIGHT CONTROLS FREE/CORRECT<br />
Move the FLIGHT CONTROLS to their maximum travel in all directions<br />
(Box Pattern) to verify they are FREE and CORRECT and are not restricted<br />
in movement. Visually verify that the control surfaces move in the proper<br />
direction.<br />
NOTE<br />
To accomplish a Box Pattern, move the control stick full<br />
forward, then full left, then full aft, then full right, then full<br />
forward, then return to starting position.<br />
44. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM CHECK/SET<br />
CHECK the ELEVATOR TRIM and RUDDER TRIM for proper movement<br />
and SET both trim wheels to the Takeoff/Neutral position.<br />
45. CANOPY CHECK/CLEAN<br />
CHECK the CANOPY for cracks and major scratches. Check the hinges<br />
and the locking mechanism for the canopy. Clean both the interior and<br />
exterior sides of the canopy with <strong>ERAU</strong> approved cleaning solution and<br />
towels. When wiping the windows, use a linear motion parallel to the<br />
direction of airflow. A clean windshield increases visibility and collision<br />
avoidance, thereby enhancing safety. Do not place any items on top of<br />
panel as this can scratch the windshield.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 39<br />
NOTE<br />
Start the exterior inspection at the Left fuselage and proceed in<br />
a counter-clockwise direction. Emphasis and attention should<br />
be placed on all surface conditions including flight control<br />
surfaces and access panel security. Check surface areas<br />
around the aircraft for fluid leakage and foreign object debris<br />
(FOD) damage. A flashlight is required for all preflight<br />
inspections conducted at night.<br />
46. CABIN CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the CABIN CHECKLIST, verify that all items have been<br />
accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
40 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
FUSELAGE – LEFT CHECKLIST<br />
1. REAR CABIN DOOR/WINDOW ............................................. INSPECT<br />
2. STEP ...................................................................................... INSPECT<br />
3. FUSELAGE/CENTER SECTION ............................................ INSPECT<br />
4. AUTOPILOT STATIC PORT ...................................................... CLEAR<br />
5. FUSELAGE SKIN ................................................................... INSPECT<br />
6. ANTENNAS ............................................................................ INSPECT<br />
7. FUSELAGE - LEFT CHECKLIST ........................................ COMPLETE<br />
1. REAR CABIN DOOR/WINDOW INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the REAR CABIN DOOR hinges, and the WINDOW for cracks<br />
and major scratches.<br />
2. STEP INSPECT<br />
Visually INSPECT the step for security and damage.<br />
3. FUSELAGE/CENTER SECTION INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the FUSELAGE and CENTER SECTION for cracks and major<br />
scratches.<br />
4. AUTOPILOT STATIC PORT CLEAR<br />
Check that the AUTOPILOT STATIC PORT is CLEAR of any blockage<br />
(debris, bugs, etc.).<br />
5. FUSELAGE SKIN INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the FUSELAGE SKIN for cracks and damage.<br />
6. ANTENNAS INSPECT<br />
INSPECT all communication, navigation, and ELT ANTENNAS for security<br />
and to ensure that none are damaged.<br />
7. FUSELAGE – LEFT CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the FUSELAGE – LEFT CHECKLIST, verify that all<br />
items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 41<br />
EMPENNAGE CHECKLIST<br />
1. CONTROL SURFACES/HINGES .............................................. CHECK<br />
2. ELEVATOR TRIM TAB .............................................................. CHECK<br />
3. RUDDER TRIM TAB ................................................................. CHECK<br />
4. TIE-DOWN .................................................................. REMOVE/STOW<br />
5. TAIL SKID/LOWER FIN .......................................................... INSPECT<br />
6. STATIC DISCHARGERS (3) .................................................. INSPECT<br />
7. EMPENNAGE CHECKLIST ............................................... COMPLETE<br />
1. CONTROL SURFACES/HINGES CHECK<br />
CHECK the CONTROL SURFACES (elevator and rudder) for freedom of<br />
movement and HINGES for security. In addition, CHECK the rudder<br />
cables, actuators, and attachments for security.<br />
2. ELEVATOR TRIM TAB CHECK<br />
CHECK that the ends of the hinges on the ELEVATOR TRIM TAB are<br />
SAFE TIED.<br />
3. RUDDER TRIM TAB CHECK<br />
CHECK that the ends of the hinges on the RUDDER TRIM TAB are safetied.<br />
4. TIE-DOWN REMOVE/STOW<br />
Slowly REMOVE the TIE-DOWN to avoid any structural damage and stow<br />
it in the aft baggage compartment.<br />
5. TAIL SKID/LOWER FIN INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the TAIL SKID/LOWER FIN for any damage. Scrapes on the tail<br />
skid are normal. However, a missing/broken skid plate is not normal. In<br />
addition, inspect for rudder damage due to previous tail scrapes.<br />
6. STATIC DISCHARGERS (3) INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the condition and security of the STATIC DISCHARGERS (3) on<br />
the rudder and elevator.<br />
7. EMPENNAGE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the EMPENNAGE CHECKLIST, verify that all items<br />
have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
42 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
FUSELAGE – RIGHT CHECKLIST<br />
1. FUSELAGE SKIN ................................................................... INSPECT<br />
2. AUTOPILOT STATIC PORT ...................................................... CLEAR<br />
3. REAR WINDOW ........................................................ INSPECT/CLEAN<br />
4. STEP ...................................................................................... INSPECT<br />
5. CANOPY, RIGHT SIDE .......................................................... INSPECT<br />
6. FUSELAGE - RIGHT CHECKLIST ..................................... COMPLETE<br />
1. FUSELAGE SKIN INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the FUSELAGE SKIN for cracks and damage.<br />
2. AUTOPILOT STATIC PORT CLEAR<br />
Check that the AUTOPILOT STATIC PORT is CLEAR of any blockage<br />
(debris, bugs, etc.).<br />
3. REAR WINDOW INSPECT/CLEAN<br />
INSPECT the REAR WINDOW for cracks and major scratches. Ensure<br />
that the window is clean for collision avoidance.<br />
4. STEP INSPECT<br />
Visually INSPECT the STEP for security and damage.<br />
5. CANOPY, RIGHT SIDE INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the CANOPY on the RIGHT SIDE of the airplane for cracks and<br />
major scratches.<br />
6. FUSELAGE – RIGHT CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the FUSELAGE – RIGHT CHECKLIST, verify that all<br />
items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 43<br />
RIGHT WING CHECKLIST<br />
1. LANDING GEAR STRUT ....................................................... INSPECT<br />
2. GEAR LIMIT/SQUAT SWITCHES (3) ..................................... INSPECT<br />
3. TIRE/WHEEL/BRAKE ............................................................ INSPECT<br />
4. BRAKE LINE .......................................................................... INSPECT<br />
5. CHOCKS ................................................................................ REMOVE<br />
6. LANDING GEAR DOOR ......................................................... INSPECT<br />
7. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK VENT/DRAIN .................................. INSPECT<br />
8. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK AIR INLET/OUTLET ....................... INSPECT<br />
9. FLAPS/LINKAGE ................................................................... INSPECT<br />
10. FLAPS HINGES/SAFETY PINS (10) ...................................... INSPECT<br />
11. ENGINE NACELLE ................................................................ INSPECT<br />
12. ENGINE NACELLE AIR OUTLET .......................................... INSPECT<br />
13. AILERON/LINKAGE ............................................................... INSPECT<br />
14. AILERON HINGES/SAFETY PINS (4) .................................... INSPECT<br />
15. AILERON PADDLE ................................................................ INSPECT<br />
16. STATIC DISCHARGERS (2) .................................................. INSPECT<br />
17. WING TIP ............................................................................... INSPECT<br />
18. POSITION/STROBE LIGHTS ................................................. INSPECT<br />
19. TIE-DOWN .................................................................. REMOVE/STOW<br />
20. FUEL TANK FILLER ............................................................... CLOSED<br />
21. WING SURFACE ................................................................... INSPECT<br />
22. FUEL TANK VENT/DRAIN ..................................................... INSPECT<br />
23. FUEL TANK AIR INLET/OUTLET ........................................... INSPECT<br />
24. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK FILLER ............................ CLOSED/LOCKED<br />
25. AIR INLETS (4) ...................................................................... INSPECT<br />
26. ENGINE OIL DOOR ................................................................ CLOSED<br />
27. COWLING .............................................................................. INSPECT<br />
28. VENTING PIPE (OIL BREATHER) ......................................... INSPECT<br />
29. EXHAUST .............................................................................. INSPECT<br />
30. PROPELLER/SPINNER ......................................................... INSPECT<br />
31. CABIN AIR VENT ................................................................... INSPECT<br />
32. RIGHT WING CHECKLIST ................................................ COMPLETE<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
44 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
1. LANDING GEAR STRUT INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the LANDING GEAR STRUT for sufficient height (visible length<br />
of bare piston: at least 4 cm/1.6 inches). Inspect the main gear retraction<br />
mechanism for any obstruction(s).<br />
2. GEAR LIMIT/SQUAT SWITCHES (3) INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the DOWN (1) and UP (1) LIMIT SWITCHES, and the SQUAT<br />
(1) SWITCH for broken or frayed wires.<br />
NOTE<br />
The Squat switch has a protective cover.<br />
3. TIRE/WHEEL/BRAKE INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the tire for any visible cord or flat spots from skidding. Check for<br />
proper tire inflation. Ensure that the tire wheel is secured. INSPECT the<br />
WHEEL/BRAKE assembly for damage, cracks, hydraulic fluid, brake pad<br />
wear, and the condition of the brake rotor.<br />
4. BRAKE LINE INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the condition of the BRAKE LINE. Check for any fluid leakage.<br />
5. CHOCKS REMOVE<br />
REMOVE the CHOCKS and place over the chain’s ramp securing point to<br />
keep them away from the landing gear and propeller.<br />
6. LANDING GEAR DOOR INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the LANDING GEAR DOOR connecting rod for security and<br />
damage.<br />
7. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK VENT/DRAIN INSPECT<br />
INSPECT for any obstruction on the AUXILIARY FUEL TANK VENT and<br />
DRAIN.<br />
8. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK AIR INLET/OUTLET INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the AUXILIARY FUEL TANK AIR INLET and OUTLET to ensure<br />
that each is clear of any foreign objects.<br />
9. FLAPS/LINKAGE INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the condition of the FLAP and LINKAGE, and the actuators (1 on<br />
the inboard flap, 1 on the outboard flap).<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 45<br />
10. FLAPS HINGES/SAFETY PINS (10) INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the FLAPS HINGES and SAFETY PINS (10). The safety pins<br />
prevent the hinge from working out of the hinge bracket.<br />
11. ENGINE NACELLE INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the ENGINE NACELLE for leaks, cracks or damage. Check that<br />
the air outlets are clear and have no obstructions.<br />
12. ENGINE NACELLE AIR OUTLET INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the ENGINE NACELLE AIR OUTLET to ensure that the area is<br />
clear of any obstructions.<br />
13. AILERON/LINKAGE INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the condition of the AILERON and LINKAGE, and the actuators.<br />
14. AILERON HINGES/SAFETY PINS (4) INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the AILERON HINGES and SAFETY PINS (4). The safety pins<br />
prevent the hinge from working out of the hinge bracket.<br />
15. AILERON PADDLE INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the AILERON PADDLE for presence of foreign objects or debris.<br />
16. STATIC DISCHARGERS (2) INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the condition and security of the STATIC DISCHARGERS (2) on<br />
the winglet.<br />
17. WING TIP INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the WING TIP for cracks and damage.<br />
18. POSITION/STROBE LIGHTS INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the condition of the POSITION and STROBE LIGHTS.<br />
19. TIE-DOWN REMOVE/STOW<br />
Slowly REMOVE the TIE-DOWN to avoid any structural damage and stow<br />
it in the aircraft baggage compartment.<br />
20. FUEL TANK FILLER CLOSED<br />
Verify that the TANK FILLER is CLOSED.<br />
21. WING SURFACE INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the entire WING SURFACE for damage.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
46 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
22. FUEL TANK VENT/DRAIN INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the TANK VENT and DRAIN for any obstruction.<br />
23. FUEL TANK AIR INLET/OUTLET INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the FUEL TANK AIR INLET and OUTLET to ensure that the<br />
areas are clear of any obstruction.<br />
24. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK FILLER CLOSED/LOCKED<br />
Verify that the AUXILIARY FUEL TANK FILLER access door is CLOSED<br />
and LOCKED.<br />
25. AIR INLETS (4) INSPECT<br />
INSPECT all AIR INLETS (4 total: 2 large cooling inlets on the top cowling,<br />
1 inlet on the front of the bottom cowling, and 1 inlet on the right side of the<br />
bottom cowling) to ensure that they are CLEAR of any obstructions.<br />
26. ENGINE OIL DOOR CLOSED<br />
Check that the ENGINE OIL DOOR is properly CLOSED.<br />
27. COWLING INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the engine COWLING for security and that it is fastened with all<br />
of its attaching screws. There should be no deformation or damage to the<br />
surface of the cowling. Check around and under the cowl for excessive<br />
fluid/oil leaks.<br />
28. VENTING PIPE (OIL BREATHER) INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the VENTING PIPE (Oil Breather) for any damage or obstruction.<br />
29. EXHAUST INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the EXHAUST stack to ensure that it is secure and free of<br />
cracks. Verify that inside the exhaust stack is clear of any foreign objects.<br />
WARNING<br />
The exhaust can cause burns when hot.<br />
30. PROPELLER/SPINNER INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the PROPELLER for nicks, cracks, and that each blade is<br />
secure. The SPINNER should be free of cracks and securely fastened with<br />
all of its attaching screws.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 47<br />
31. CABIN AIR VENT INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the CABIN AIR VENT for any obstructions.<br />
32. RIGHT WING CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the RIGHT WING CHECKLIST, verify that all items<br />
have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
48 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
FRONT FUSELAGE CHECKLIST<br />
1. RH BAGGAGE DOOR ............................................. CLOSED/LOCKED<br />
2. LANDING/TAXI LIGHTS ......................................................... INSPECT<br />
3. EPU CONNECTOR ................................................................ INSPECT<br />
4. NOSE LANDING GEAR STRUT ............................................. INSPECT<br />
5. GEAR LIMIT/FULL PRESSURE SWITCHES (4) .................... INSPECT<br />
6. TIRE/WHEEL .......................................................................... INSPECT<br />
7. GEAR DOOR/LINKAGE ......................................................... INSPECT<br />
8. BATTERY DRAIN ................................................................... INSPECT<br />
9. OAT SENSOR ........................................................................ INSPECT<br />
10. LH BAGGAGE DOOR ............................................. CLOSED/LOCKED<br />
11. FRONT FUSELAGE CHECKLIST ...................................... COMPLETE<br />
1. RH BAGGAGE DOOR CLOSED/LOCKED<br />
Verify that any installed ballast(s) is/are secured. Ensure that the RH Nose<br />
BAGGAGE DOOR is CLOSED (flush with the fuselage) and LOCKED.<br />
NOTE<br />
As standard configuration for all <strong>ERAU</strong> <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> aircraft, two<br />
cylindrical ballast (22.4 lbs. total) are installed. Ensure that the<br />
total weight is included in weight and balance calculations.<br />
This ballast may be removed if necessary for weight (over<br />
weight) and/or balance (beyond CG limits) reasons.<br />
2. LANDING/TAXI LIGHTS INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the condition of the LANDING and the TAXI LIGHTS.<br />
3. EPU CONNECTOR INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the EPU (External Power Unit) CONNECTOR (located on the<br />
underside of the nose cone) and ensure that it is clear and has no damage.<br />
4. NOSE LANDING GEAR STRUT INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the NOSE LANDING GEAR STRUT for sufficient height (visible<br />
length of bare piston should be at least 15 cm/5.9 inches).<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 49<br />
5. GEAR LIMIT/FULL PRESSURE SWITCHES (4) INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the GEAR LIMIT (2 Down, 1 Up) and FULL PRESSURE (1)<br />
SWITCHES for broken or frayed wires.<br />
6. TIRE/WHEEL INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the tire for any visible cord or flat spots from skidding. Check for<br />
proper tire inflation. Ensure that the tire wheel is secured.<br />
7. GEAR DOOR/LINKAGE INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the GEAR DOOR and connecting LINKAGE for any damage.<br />
8. BATTERY DRAIN INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the BATTERY DRAIN for security and obstructions.<br />
9. OAT SENSOR INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the OAT (Outside Air Temperature) SENSOR (located behind<br />
the nose gear) for security and damage.<br />
10. LH BAGGAGE DOOR CLOSED/LOCKED<br />
Verify that any installed ballast(s) is/are secured. Ensure that the LH Nose<br />
BAGGAGE DOOR is CLOSED (flush with the fuselage) and LOCKED.<br />
11. FRONT FUSELAGE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the FRONT FUSELAGE CHECKLIST, verify that all<br />
items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
50 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
LEFT WING CHECKLIST<br />
1. LANDING GEAR STRUT ........................................................ INSPECT<br />
2. GEAR LIMIT/SQUAT SWITCHES .......................................... INSPECT<br />
3. TIRE/WHEEL/BRAKE ............................................................. INSPECT<br />
4. BRAKE LINE .......................................................................... INSPECT<br />
5. CHOCKS ................................................................................ REMOVE<br />
6. LANDING GEAR DOOR ......................................................... INSPECT<br />
7. ENGINE OIL DOOR ................................................................ CLOSED<br />
8. PROPELLER/SPINNER ......................................................... INSPECT<br />
9. AIR INLETS (4) ....................................................................... INSPECT<br />
10. COWLING .............................................................................. INSPECT<br />
11. VENTING PIPE (OIL BREATHER) ......................................... INSPECT<br />
12. EXHAUST .............................................................................. INSPECT<br />
13. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK FILLER ............................ CLOSED/LOCKED<br />
14. WING SURFACE .................................................................... INSPECT<br />
15. STALL WARN DEVICE ............................................................. CHECK<br />
16. FUEL TANK AIR INLET/OUTLET ........................................... INSPECT<br />
17. FUEL TANK VENT/DRAIN ..................................................... INSPECT<br />
18. FUEL TANK FILLER ................................................................ CLOSED<br />
19. PITOT/STATIC MAST ............................................................ INSPECT<br />
20. TIE-DOWN ................................................................. REMOVE/STOW<br />
21. WING TIP ............................................................................... INSPECT<br />
22. POSITION/STROBE LIGHTS ................................................. INSPECT<br />
23. STATIC DISCHARGERS (2) .................................................. INSPECT<br />
24. AILERON PADDLE ................................................................ INSPECT<br />
25. AILERON/LINKAGE ............................................................... INSPECT<br />
26. AILERON HINGES/SAFETY PINS (4) .................................... INSPECT<br />
27. FLAPS/LINKAGE .................................................................... INSPECT<br />
28. FLAPS HINGES/SAFETY PINS (10) ...................................... INSPECT<br />
29. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK VENT/DRAIN .................................. INSPECT<br />
30. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK AIR INLET/OUTLET ....................... INSPECT<br />
31. ENGINE NACELLE ................................................................ INSPECT<br />
32. ENGINE NACELLE AIR OUTLET ........................................... INSPECT<br />
33. 360° WALK-AROUND ........................................................ COMPLETE<br />
34. LEFT WING CHECKLIST ................................................... COMPLETE<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 51<br />
1. LANDING GEAR STRUT INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the LANDING GEAR STRUT for sufficient height (visible length<br />
of bare piston should be at least 4 cm/1.6 inches). INSPECT the main gear<br />
retraction mechanism for any obstruction(s).<br />
2. GEAR LIMIT/SQUAT SWITCHES (3) INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the GEAR LIMIT (1 Down, 1 Up) and the SQUAT (1) SWITCHES<br />
for broken or frayed wires.<br />
NOTE<br />
The Squat switch has a protective cover.<br />
3. TIRE/ WHEEL/BRAKE INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the tire for any visible cord or flat spots from skidding. Check for<br />
proper tire inflation. Ensure that the tire wheel is secured. INSPECT the<br />
WHEEL/BRAKE assembly for damage, cracks, hydraulic fluid, brake pad<br />
wear, and the condition of the brake rotor.<br />
4. BRAKE LINE INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the condition of the BRAKE LINE. Check for any fluid leakage.<br />
5. CHOCKS REMOVE<br />
REMOVE the CHOCKS and place over the chain’s ramp securing point to<br />
keep them away from the landing gear and propeller.<br />
6. LANDING GEAR DOOR INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the connecting rod of the LANDING GEAR DOOR for security<br />
and damage.<br />
7. ENGINE OIL DOOR CLOSED<br />
Check that the ENGINE OIL DOOR is properly CLOSED.<br />
8. PROPELLER/SPINNER INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the PROPELLER for nicks, cracks, and that each blade is<br />
secured. The SPINNER should be free of cracks and securely fastened<br />
with all of its attaching screws.<br />
9. AIR INLETS (4) INSPECT<br />
INSPECT all AIR INLETS (4 total: 2 large cooling inlets on the top cowling,<br />
1 inlet on the front of the bottom cowling, and 1 inlet on the right side of the<br />
bottom cowling) to ensure that they are CLEAR of any obstructions.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
52 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
10. COWLING INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the engine COWLING for security and that it is fastened with all<br />
of its attaching screws. There should be no deformation or damage to the<br />
surface of the cowling. Inspect around and under the cowl for excessive<br />
fluid/oil leaks.<br />
11. VENTING PIPE (OIL BREATHER) INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the VENTING PIPE (Oil Breather) for any damage or obstruction.<br />
12. EXHAUST INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the EXHAUST stack to ensure that it is secured and free of<br />
cracks. Verify that the exhaust stack is clear of any foreign objects.<br />
WARNING<br />
The exhaust can cause burns when hot.<br />
13. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK FILLER CLOSED/LOCKED<br />
Verify that the AUXILIARY FUEL TANK FILLER access door is CLOSED<br />
and LOCKED.<br />
14. WING SURFACE INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the entire WING SURFACE for damage.<br />
15. STALL WARN DEVICE CHECK<br />
CHECK the STALL WARN DEVICE for freedom of movement. Listen for<br />
micro-switch contact.<br />
16. FUEL TANK AIR INLET/OUTLET INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the TANK AIR INLET and OUTLET to ensure that they are clear<br />
of any obstruction.<br />
17. FUEL TANK VENT/DRAIN INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the TANK VENT and DRAIN for any obstructions.<br />
18. FUEL TANK FILLER CLOSED<br />
Verify that the TANK FILLER is CLOSED.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 53<br />
19. PITOT/STATIC MAST INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the PITOT/STATIC MAST mounting and verify that the ram air<br />
intake and the drain hole are free of obstructions, and that the static port<br />
(located on the bottom of the mast) is clear.<br />
20. TIE-DOWN REMOVE/STOW<br />
Slowly REMOVE the TIE-DOWN to avoid any structural damage and<br />
STOW it on the aircraft baggage compartment.<br />
21. WING TIP INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the WING TIP for cracks and damage.<br />
22. POSITION/STROBE LIGHT INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the condition of the POSITION and STROBE LIGHTS.<br />
23. STATIC DISCHARGERS (2) INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the condition and security of the STATIC DISCHARGERS (2) on<br />
the winglet.<br />
24. AILERON PADDLE INSPECT<br />
INSPECT for foreign objects in AILERON PADDLE.<br />
25. AILERON/LINKAGE INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the condition of the AILERON and LINKAGE, and the actuators.<br />
26. AILERON HINGE/SAFETY PINS (4) INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the AILERON HINGES and SAFETY PINS (4). The safety pins<br />
prevent the hinge from working out of the hinge bracket.<br />
27. FLAPS/LINKAGE INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the condition of the FLAPS and LINKAGE and the actuators (1<br />
on the inboard flap, 1 on the outboard flap).<br />
28. FLAPS HINGES/SAFETY PINS (10) INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the FLAPS HINGES and SAFETY PINS (10). The safety pins<br />
prevent the hinge from working out of the hinge bracket.<br />
29. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK VENT/DRAIN INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the AUXILIARY FUEL TANK VENT and DRAIN for any<br />
obstructions.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
54 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
30. AUXILIARY FUEL TANK AIR INLET/OUTLET INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the AUXILIARY FUEL TANK AIR INLET and OUTLET to ensure<br />
that each is clear of any foreign objects.<br />
31. ENGINE NACELLE INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the ENGINE NACELLE underside for leaks, cracks or damage.<br />
INSPECT the air outlets for any obstructions.<br />
32. ENGINE NACELLE AIR OUTLET INSPECT<br />
INSPECT the ENGINE NACELLE AIR OUTLET to ensure that it is clear of<br />
any obstructions.<br />
33. 360° WALK-AROUND COMPLETE<br />
COMPLETE a 360° WALK-AROUND inspection of the airplane in the<br />
opposite direction (clockwise) of the Pre-Flight Flow to ensure that no items<br />
(tie downs, fuel caps, chocks, etc.) were missed.<br />
34. LEFT WING CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the LEFT WING CHECKLIST, verify that all items have<br />
been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 55<br />
RAMP OUT CHECKLIST<br />
1. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ......................................................... ON<br />
2. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH ......................................................... ON<br />
3. CLEARANCE ........................................................................... OBTAIN<br />
4. FLIGHT DATA (Eagle Data) ................................................ RAMP OUT<br />
5. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />
6. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />
7. RAMP OUT CHECKLIST ................................................... COMPLETE<br />
1. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ON<br />
Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the ON position.<br />
2. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH ON<br />
Depress the AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH to the ON position.<br />
NOTE<br />
COM 1 may be used from the pilot side using the headset<br />
without powering the avionics bus. The Speakers and Audio<br />
Panel will be OFF.<br />
3. CLEARANCE OBTAIN<br />
Monitor and record ATIS. Then, contact KDAB Clearance Delivery to<br />
OBTAIN a VFR or IFR departure CLEARANCE. Verify that the clearance<br />
contains all the required items and will not cause you to deviate from any<br />
FAA regulation, <strong>ERAU</strong> policy, or put the aircraft in jeopardy.<br />
4. FLIGHT DATA (Eagle Data) RAMP OUT<br />
Contact <strong>ERAU</strong> FLIGHT DATA (Eagle Data) on 122.825 MHz to RAMP<br />
OUT. Provide the aircraft’s Hobbs and Tach time only if a discrepancy<br />
exists between the aircraft’s current reading and the last clipboard entry.<br />
Copy and read back the due-back time.<br />
5. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />
Depress the AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />
6. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />
Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />
7. RAMP OUT CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the RAMP OUT CHECKLIST, verify that all items have<br />
been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
56 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
Section 2:<br />
NORMAL PROCEDURES<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP lvii<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
58 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
BEFORE START FLOW<br />
5<br />
4<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To configure the aircraft in preparation for engine start.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 59<br />
BEFORE START CHECKLIST<br />
1. PASSENGER/CREW BRIEFING ....................................... COMPLETE<br />
2. AIRPORT DIAGRAM ............................................REVIEW/AVAILABLE<br />
3. REAR DOOR ........................................................ CLOSED/LATCHED<br />
4. RUDDER PEDALS ...................................... ADJUSTED AND LOCKED<br />
5. FRONT CANOPY ..................................................... POSITION 1 OR 2<br />
6. SEATBELTS .................................................................................... ON<br />
7. FUEL TRANSFER SWITCHES ...................................................... OFF<br />
8. ELEVATOR TRIM ........................................................................... SET<br />
9. FUEL SELECTORS. ........................................................................ ON<br />
10. RUDDER TRIM ............................................................................... SET<br />
11. ALTERNATE AIR ........................................................................... OFF<br />
12. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
13. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS ...................................... FULL FORWARD<br />
14. THROTTLE LEVERS ..................................................................... IDLE<br />
15. PARKING BRAKE ........................................................................... SET<br />
16. MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION HANDLE ........................... PUSHED IN<br />
17. GEAR SELECTOR .................................................................... DOWN<br />
18. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH ...................................................... OFF<br />
19. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ...................................................... OFF<br />
20. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................... OFF<br />
21. FUEL PUMPS ................................................................................ OFF<br />
22. PITOT HEAT .................................................................................. OFF<br />
23. ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE ............................................. CLOSED<br />
24. ALTERNATOR SWITCHES ............................................................. ON<br />
25. FLOOD/INSTRUMENTS LIGHT .................................... AS REQUIRED<br />
26. STROBE LIGHTS ............................................................................. ON<br />
27. HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH .............................. OFF/GUARDED<br />
28. ELT ........................................................................................... ARMED<br />
29. CIRCUIT BREAKERS ........................................................... CHECK IN<br />
30. FLAPS ............................................................................................... UP<br />
31. BEFORE START CHECKLIST ........................................... COMPLETE<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
60 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
1. PASSENGER/CREW BRIEFING COMPLETE<br />
COMPLETE the PASSENGER and CREW BRIEFING as appropriate:<br />
PASSENGER BRIEFING<br />
Seatbelts (Operation)<br />
Air Vents<br />
(Location/Operation)<br />
Fire Extinguisher<br />
(Location/Operation)<br />
Exit Use<br />
(Location/Operation)<br />
Survival Kit (Location)<br />
Traffic Watch (Clock<br />
Reference/Notification)<br />
CREW BRIEFING<br />
ATIS/ AWOS/ FSS<br />
Runway(s) in use<br />
Expected Taxi Route<br />
Takeoff/Accelerate Stop Distance<br />
Crosswind Component<br />
Single Engine ROC/ Ceiling<br />
Departure Clearance (Route,<br />
Altitude, Frequency, Squawk)<br />
V A<br />
Who is P-I-C<br />
Positive Exchange of Flight Controls<br />
(Aural and Visual check)<br />
Sterile Cockpit<br />
Safe Attitude<br />
2. AIRPORT DIAGRAM REVIEW/AVAILABLE<br />
REVIEW the AIRPORT DIAGRAM of the runways, taxiways, and where<br />
you are located on the airport. Verify that you are able to comply with all<br />
taxi clearances received from ATC. At non-towered airports, determine the<br />
best taxi route to the departure runway considering wind conditions and<br />
local traffic. Keep the airport diagram AVAILABLE for reference throughout<br />
the taxi.<br />
3. REAR DOOR CLOSED AND LATCHED<br />
Visually check that the REAR DOOR is CLOSED AND LATCHED. DO<br />
NOT use the key to lock the door from the outside.<br />
4. RUDDER PEDALS ADJUSTED AND LOCKED<br />
Verify that the RUDDER PEDALS are ADJUSTED by pulling on the lever<br />
and pushing or pulling on the pedals as necessary to the desired position.<br />
Make sure the pedals are LOCKED into position (a definite click sound<br />
should be heard).<br />
NOTE<br />
When adjusting the rudder pedals, the cables should be pulled<br />
straight out. Avoid lifting the cables in an upward motion to<br />
protect from fraying.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 61<br />
5. FRONT CANOPY POSITION 1 OR 2<br />
Place the FRONT CANOPY in POSITION 1 (closed) or 2 (cooling gap).<br />
CAUTION<br />
CAUTION<br />
When operating the door, pilots/operators must ensure that<br />
there are no obstructions between the canopy and the mating<br />
frame (e.g. seat belts, clothing, etc.). When operating the<br />
locking handle DO NOT apply undue force.<br />
6. SEATBELTS ON<br />
Ensure that passenger SEATBELTS are ON and adjusted (per 14 CFR<br />
Part 91.107).<br />
7. FUEL TRANSFER SWITCHES OFF<br />
Verify that both FUEL TRANSFER SWITCHES are in the OFF position.<br />
8. ELEVATOR TRIM SET<br />
SET the ELEVATOR TRIM to the Takeoff position.<br />
9. FUEL SELECTORS ON<br />
Verify that both FUEL SELECTORS are in the ON position.<br />
10. RUDDER TRIM SET<br />
SET the RUDDER TRIM to the neutral position.<br />
11. ALTERNATE AIR OFF<br />
Verify that the ALTERNATE AIR is OFF (CLOSED) by pushing the<br />
ALTERNATE AIR handle forward (pushed in).<br />
12. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
Move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the IDLE CUT-OFF (full aft)<br />
position.<br />
13. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />
Verify that the PROPELLER RPM LEVERS are in the FULL FORWARD<br />
position.<br />
14. THROTTLE LEVERS IDLE<br />
Verify that both THROTTLE LEVERS are in the IDLE (full aft) position.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
62 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
15. PARKING BRAKE SET<br />
SET the PARKING BRAKE by applying pressure to the top part of the<br />
rudder pedals while moving the parking brake lever down or by setting the<br />
lever to the ON position and then depress the brake pedals multiple times<br />
to build the pressure.<br />
WARNING<br />
The parking brake should not be relied on solely to keep the<br />
aircraft stationary. Apply and maintain brake pressure<br />
continually throughout the engine starting procedures.<br />
16. MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION HANDLE PUSHED IN<br />
Verify that the MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION HANDLE is PUSHED IN.<br />
17. GEAR SELECTOR DOWN<br />
Verify that the landing GEAR SELECTOR is in the DOWN position.<br />
18. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />
Verify that the AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH is in the OFF position.<br />
NOTE<br />
To prevent any inadvertent keying of the hand-held microphone<br />
(if installed), ensure that the microphone is unplugged from its<br />
jack.<br />
19. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />
Verify that the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH is in the OFF position.<br />
20. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />
Verify that the IGNITION SWITCHES are in the OFF position.<br />
21. FUEL PUMPS OFF<br />
Verify that the FUEL PUMPS are in the OFF position.<br />
22. PITOT-HEAT OFF<br />
Verify that the PITOT-HEAT switch is in the OFF position.<br />
23. ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE CLOSED<br />
Verify that the ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE valve is in the CLOSED<br />
position (lever parallel to the dashboard).<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 63<br />
24. ALTERNATOR SWITCHES ON<br />
Ensure both ALTERNATOR SWITCHES are in the ON position.<br />
25. FLOOD/INSTRUMENTS LIGHTS AS REQUIRED<br />
Set the FLOOD AND INSTRUMENTS LIGHTS AS REQUIRED for flight.<br />
For day operations, ensure that the lights rheostat switches are off. For<br />
night operations, ensure that the lights rheostat switches are on and that<br />
the light levels are adjusted as appropriate.<br />
26. STROBE LIGHTS ON<br />
Depress the STROBE LIGHTS switch to the ON position. When the<br />
ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH is in the ON position, the STROBES will<br />
alert anyone in the vicinity of the aircraft of an impending engine start. The<br />
POSITION LIGHT switch should remain in the ON position.<br />
27. HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH OFF/GUARDED<br />
Verify that the HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH is in the OFF position<br />
and GUARDED (safe-tied). If the safety seal is broken, the emergency<br />
battery should be replaced and the switch should be guarded and sealed<br />
for IFR flight. Do not fly with this seal broken.<br />
28. ELT ARMED<br />
Verify that the ELT switch is in the ARMED position.<br />
29. CIRCUIT BREAKERS CHECK IN<br />
Verify that all CIRCUIT BREAKERS are IN by running your hand across the<br />
circuit breaker panel. If a circuit breaker is out and has a tie-wrap around it,<br />
check for appropriate equipment INOP placard and note on the clipboard.<br />
If a circuit breaker is out and not tie-wrapped, call Fleet Maintenance. Do<br />
not push the circuit breaker in.<br />
30. FLAPS UP<br />
Verify that the FLAPS switch is in the UP position and confirm the FLAPS<br />
position visually.<br />
31. BEFORE START CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the BEFORE START CHECKLIST, verify that all items<br />
have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
64 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
ENGINE START FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To safely and efficiently start the engines.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 65<br />
ENGINE START CHECKLIST<br />
1. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ......................................................... ON<br />
2. CO ALERT ................................................................................ CHECK<br />
3. G1000 .................................................... POWERED/ACKNOWLEDGE<br />
4. FRONT CANOPY ..................................... CLOSED/CHECK WARNING<br />
5. PRIMING ............................................................................ COMPLETE<br />
6. PROPELLER AREA ................................................................... CLEAR<br />
7. IGNITION SWITCH ................................................................... START<br />
8. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER ............................................. FULL RICH<br />
9. THROTTLE LEVER ............................................................... 1000 RPM<br />
10. OIL PRESSURE ....................................................................... CHECK<br />
11. AMMETER ................................................................................ CHECK<br />
12. 1ANNUNCIATORS .................................................................... CHECK<br />
13. CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............................................................... CHECK<br />
14. MIXTURE ..................................................................................... LEAN<br />
Repeat steps 1 through 13 to start the right engine.<br />
15. ENGINE START CHECKLIST ............................................ COMPLETE<br />
1. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ON<br />
Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the ON position to power the<br />
appropriate buses.<br />
CAUTION<br />
CAUTION<br />
When switching the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ON, the<br />
electrically driven hydraulic gear pump may activate itself for 5<br />
to 20 seconds in order to restore the system pressure. Should<br />
the pump continue to operate continuously or periodically,<br />
terminate flight preparation, there is a malfunction in the<br />
landing gear system.<br />
2. CO ALERT CHECK<br />
CHECK the CO ALERT caution (2 flashes). The system can also be tested<br />
by depressing the CO ALERT Annunciator.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
66 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
3. G1000 POWERED/ACKNOWLEDGE<br />
Verify that the G1000 screens are POWERED and check that the proper<br />
Cautions/Warnings are displayed on the PFD. Press ENT on the MFD to<br />
ACKNOWLEDGE.<br />
NOTE<br />
The engine instruments are only available on the MFD after the<br />
ENT key is pressed on the MFD.<br />
4. FRONT CANOPY CLOSED/CHECK WARNING<br />
The FRONT CANOPY should be CLOSED by setting it to position one and<br />
ensuring the Door Open warning on PFD is not displayed. If a warning is<br />
displayed, perform the Shutdown Checklist and investigate the cause.<br />
5. PRIMING COMPLETE<br />
Complete the appropriate Engine Priming Procedure (see page 18).<br />
NOTE<br />
Although the left engine is typically started first, the right (RH)<br />
engine may be started first for operational reasons.<br />
6. PROPELLER AREA CLEAR<br />
Visually check that the PROPELLER AREA and all quadrants around the<br />
aircraft is CLEAR from personnel or obstructions (i.e. chocks, tie-downs,<br />
etc.) and callout, “Clear Prop.” Allow time for any response prior to starting<br />
the engine.<br />
NOTE<br />
Headsets must not be worn until after both engines have been<br />
started to ensure hearing any response from the callout, or to<br />
immediately hear any abnormal sound after engine start (i.e.,<br />
starter failing to disengage, cylinder misfire, etc.).<br />
If an adjacent aircraft is being fueled, wait until the fueling<br />
process is complete before starting the engine.<br />
7. IGNITION SWITCH START<br />
With the prop area remaining clear, no response from the callout, and the<br />
throttle positioned appropriately and held, turn the IGNITION SWITCH to<br />
START to engage the starter.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 67<br />
To start the left engine, turn the left IGNITION SWITCH; to start the right<br />
engine, turn the right IGNITION SWITCH. Release the IGNITION SWITCH<br />
when the engine begins to run. Do not engage the IGNITION SWITCH<br />
while the engine is running.<br />
CAUTION<br />
Do not overheat the starter motor. Do not operate the starter<br />
motor for more than 10 seconds at a time. After operating the<br />
starter motor, let it cool for 20 seconds. After 6 attempts to<br />
start the engine, allow the starter to cool for 30 minutes.<br />
8. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER FULL RICH<br />
When the engine fires, move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER smoothly to<br />
FULL RICH.<br />
9. THROTTLE LEVER 1000 RPM<br />
After the engine has started, adjust the THROTTLE LEVER to set 1000<br />
RPM.<br />
10. OIL PRESSURE CHECK<br />
CHECK the oil pressure to read on the green sector within 15 seconds of<br />
engine start.<br />
WARNING<br />
If the oil pressure has not moved into the green sector within 15<br />
seconds after starting, shutdown the engine and investigate<br />
problem.<br />
11. AMMETER CHECK<br />
After the other engine is started, verify that the AMMETER indicates a<br />
normal load.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
68 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
CAUTION<br />
If the starter relay remains engaged after releasing the ignition<br />
key, an excessive high load will be indicated and “L/R<br />
STARTER” Warning message will be displayed on the PFD. In<br />
this event, immediately shut down the engine and contact the<br />
Fleet Maintenance department.<br />
12. ANNUNCIATORS CHECK<br />
CHECK that there are no ANNUNCIATORS displayed on the G1000 PFD.<br />
13. CIRCUIT BREAKERS CHECK<br />
CHECK that all the CIRCUIT BREAKERS are pushed in.<br />
14. MIXTURE LEAN<br />
To LEAN the MIXTURE, adjust the Throttle Lever to set 1200 RPM, and<br />
move the Mixture Control Lever aft to obtain the peak RPM. Once the<br />
MIXTURE is leaned, adjust the Throttle Lever to set 1000 RPM.<br />
Repeat steps 1 through 13 to start right engine.<br />
15. ENGINE START CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the ENGINE START CHECKLIST, verify that all items<br />
have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 69<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
70 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
BEFORE TAXI FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To configure systems and radios prior to taxiing.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 71<br />
BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST<br />
Accomplish prior to commencing taxi.<br />
1. FUEL SELECTORS (LH/RH) ...........................................CROSSFEED<br />
2. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH ......................................................... ON<br />
3. PITOT HEAT ................................................................................ TEST<br />
4. PFD/MFD ........................................................................................ SET<br />
5. STANDBY INSTRUMENTS .......................................... CHECKED/SET<br />
6. AUTOPILOT / ELECTRIC TRIM ................................................... TEST<br />
7. FUEL SELECTORS (LH/RH) ........................................................... ON<br />
8. PARKING BRAKE ................................................................. RELEASE<br />
9. BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST ............................................... COMPLETE<br />
1. FUEL SELECTORS (LH/RH) CROSSFEED<br />
Depress the Fuel Pump switches to the ON position and place both FUEL<br />
SELECTORS (LH/RH) in the CROSSFEED position for 30 seconds.<br />
Monitor the engines for any abnormal indications.<br />
WARNING<br />
When the Fuel Selector is moved from ON to CROSSFEED, or<br />
from CROSSFEED to ON, the corresponding Fuel Pump must<br />
be turned on.<br />
Other than for testing of the Crossfeed operation, the operation<br />
of both engines with both fuel selectors in the CROSSFEED<br />
position is prohibited.<br />
2. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH ON<br />
Depress the AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH to the ON position to power the<br />
AVIONICS bus.<br />
3. PITOT HEAT TEST<br />
Test the proper function of the Pitot Heat system by turning the PITOT<br />
HEAT switch to ON and verifying a proper indication on the PFD.<br />
NOTE<br />
The stall warning switch gets slightly warmer on ground only<br />
and STALL HT FAIL is indicated on the PFD.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
72 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
1. PFD/MFD SET<br />
On the PFD, verify that the clock is operating and indicating the current<br />
time, and that the adjustable flight instruments are SET to current and<br />
available information (as per 14 CFR Part 91.205). All instrument<br />
indications on the PFD should be visible in approximately 1 minute.<br />
IFR CONSIDERATIONS<br />
For IFR flight, the primary and standby flight instruments must be<br />
checked and within acceptable limits before taxi. The gyroscopic<br />
instruments, magnetic compass, turn rate indicator, and slip/skid<br />
indicator should be checked while turning in both directions during<br />
taxi after leaving the ramp.<br />
Primary Instruments<br />
- The Attitude Indicator should indicate the aircraft’s current pitch<br />
and bank attitude. No Red-X’s should be visible.<br />
- The Airspeed Indicator should indicate zero. No Red-X’s should<br />
be visible.<br />
- The Horizontal Situation Indicator should be indicating known<br />
headings with no Red-X over the heading reference.<br />
- The Altimeter should be within ±75 feet of known elevation when<br />
set to the local altimeter setting (elevations are shown on airport<br />
diagrams). No Red-X’s should be visible.<br />
- The Vertical Speed Indicator (VSI) should indicate zero, or if an<br />
error is noted, note the error and use as the zero reference point.<br />
No Red-X’s should be visible.<br />
- Use the altitude bug to set the departure clearance altitude in the<br />
Altitude Reference Box. The bug acts as a visual reference to<br />
indicate the desired altitude is approaching.<br />
AVIONICS:<br />
- Communication Radios: Ensure both Comm radios are operating<br />
(transmitting and receiving) properly by alternating their uses with<br />
ATC. For example, tune in the ground frequency in the opposite<br />
Comm radio from the one used to ramp out and receive ATIS.<br />
This will ensure that both Comm radios are operating properly.<br />
Set the radios for departure.<br />
- NAV 1: Depress the NAV 1 speaker switch (after turning the<br />
volume down) and ID the appropriate frequency by using the<br />
ID/Volume knob. Next, check the needle swing and flag flip on the<br />
CDI. Finally, set the departure radial.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 73<br />
- NAV 2: Follow the same procedure as NAV 1, but include the next<br />
radial in the departure as appropriate.<br />
- Transponder: Ensure that the assigned code is set in the<br />
transponder (the test to check the operation of the unit for proper<br />
functioning is automatic).<br />
NOTE<br />
At airports where a VOT is available, the NAV radios may be<br />
checked using the VOT. If unable to identify the NAVs on the<br />
ground, try again in another position such as the run-up area,<br />
or, if necessary, wait until airborne, although, this increases<br />
workload in the air and should be planned for accordingly.<br />
Recheck that each COM/NAV frequencies and HSI/CDI is set for<br />
departure. Just before takeoff, review the VFR/IFR departure by<br />
mentally flying it, including headings, altitudes and navigation.<br />
On the MFD, verify that the map options and range are SET as desired<br />
(topography, terrain, traffic, etc).<br />
NOTE<br />
An altitude alert is annunciated 1000 feet prior to arrival at the<br />
selected altitude. A further alert is annunciated if the airplane<br />
deviates from the selected altitude by +/- 200 feet.<br />
5. STANDBY INSTRUMENTS CHECKED/SET<br />
Verify that the STANDBY INSTRUMENTS are CHECKED and SET:<br />
- The Standby Airspeed Indicator should indicate zero.<br />
- The Standby Attitude Indicator should be set (caged) and have the<br />
miniature aircraft adjusted to level flight with the horizon and<br />
indicate no more than 5° of precession in pitch and bank during<br />
turns. No flags should be visually present.<br />
- The inclinometer should be centered and displacing towards the<br />
opposite direction of the turn during taxi.<br />
- The Standby Altimeter should be within ±75 feet of known<br />
elevation when set to the local altimeter setting (elevations are<br />
shown on airport diagrams).<br />
- The Magnetic Compass housing should contain full fluid, swing<br />
freely, and indicate known headings.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
74 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
- The Compass Deviation Card must be in place and readable.<br />
6. AUTOPILOT / ELECTRIC TRIM TEST<br />
CAUTION<br />
The entire preflight test procedure must be successfully<br />
completed prior to each flight. Use of the autopilot or manual<br />
electrical trim system is prohibited prior to completion of these<br />
tests.<br />
To ensure proper functioning, TEST the AUTOPILOT as follows:<br />
When the AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH is turned On, power will be<br />
supplied to the computer and the AUTOPILOT will begin a Self-TEST<br />
[the TEST is COMPLETE by all display segments being illuminated<br />
(Display TEST) and the disconnect tone sounding].<br />
WARNING<br />
If the AP TRIM FAIL annunciator stays on, the Auto-Trim<br />
did not pass the pre-flight test. The autopilot circuit<br />
breaker must be pulled. Manual electric trim cannot be<br />
used.<br />
6. AUTOPILOT / ELECTRIC TRIM (continued) TEST<br />
a. TEST the manual ELECTRIC TRIM (press the AP DISC button<br />
down and hold while commanding trim. The manual Electric Trim<br />
should not operate either nose up or nose down)<br />
b. Engage the autopilot by pressing the AP button.<br />
c. Move the Flight Controls fore, aft, left, and right to verify that the<br />
autopilot clutches can be overpowered.<br />
d. Press the AP DISC switch and verify that the autopilot<br />
disconnects.<br />
e. Manually set the trim to the takeoff position.<br />
f. Press the AP DISC switch.<br />
g. Set the local altimeter setting on the autopilot.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 75<br />
h. Rotate the ALTITUDE SELECT knob until the desired altitude is<br />
displayed.<br />
TEST the manual ELECTRIC TRIM as follows:<br />
a. Depress the split pilot yoke-mounted Electric Trim switches<br />
simultaneously forward, then aft, verifying each time that the<br />
Stabilator trim wheel and its indicator moves in the appropriate<br />
direction.<br />
b. While moving the Stabilator trim in either direction, verify that the<br />
control yoke cut-off switch disables the Electric Trim function.<br />
c. While depressing the Electric Trim interrupt switch, verify that the<br />
Stabilator trim wheel stops. Verify that the Stabilator trim wheel<br />
moves in the appropriate direction when the trim interrupt switch is<br />
released.<br />
d. Depress the Electric Trim On/Off switch to the OFF position and<br />
depress the split pilot yoke-mounted Electric Trim switches<br />
simultaneously forward and aft, each time verifying that the<br />
Stabilator trim wheel and its indicator does not move. This test<br />
ensures that the Electric Trim will disengage in the event of an<br />
Electric Trim malfunction.<br />
8. FUEL SELECTORS (LH/RH) ON<br />
Depress the fuel pump switches to the ON position and place both FUEL<br />
SELECTORS (LH/RH) in the ON position.<br />
9. PARKING BRAKE RELEASE<br />
Move the PARKING BRAKE lever fully up to the RELEASE position.<br />
NOTE<br />
During taxi, check for proper operation of the brakes and<br />
steering. Monitor the G1000 for correct pitch attitude and<br />
directional indications.<br />
CAUTION<br />
When taxiing on a poor surface select the lowest possible RPM<br />
to avoid damage to the propeller from stones or similar items.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
76 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
CAUTION<br />
Following extended operation on the ground, or at higher<br />
ambient temperatures, rough running of the engine may occur,<br />
shown by the following indications:<br />
- Transient changes in idle RPM and Fuel Flow<br />
- Slow reaction of the engine to operation of throttle levers<br />
- Engine will not run with the throttle levers in the idle<br />
position.<br />
Remedy for rough running engine:<br />
1. Depress the Fuel Pump switch to the ON position.<br />
2. Adjust the THROTTLE LEVER to set the engine at speed of 1800 to<br />
2000 RPM for 1 to 2 minutes, or until the engine settles. Oil and<br />
cylinder head temperatures must stay within limits.<br />
3. Move the THROTTLE LEVERS back to IDLE to confirm smooth<br />
running.<br />
4. Adjust the THROTTLE LEVERS to set 1200 RPM and adjust the<br />
MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER to achieve maximum RPM attainable<br />
(lean the Mixture).<br />
5. Depress the FUEL PUMPS to the OFF position.<br />
6. During BEFORE TAKEOFF RUN-UP CHECK, set the MIXTURE<br />
CONTROL LEVER for takeoff and advance the THROTTLE LEVER<br />
to MAX POWER for 10 seconds. Ensure smooth running of the<br />
engine and proper engine indications.<br />
NOTE<br />
Step 6 may be performed on the runway before takeoff with<br />
prior coordination with ATC.<br />
10. BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the BEFORE TAXI CHECKLIST, verify that all items<br />
have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 77<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
78 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
BEFORE TAKEOFF RUN-UP FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To systematically check aircraft and engine systems prior to takeoff.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 79<br />
BEFORE TAKEOFF RUN-UP CHECKLIST<br />
1. PARKING BRAKE ........................................................................... SET<br />
2. FLIGHT CONTROLS .................................................. FREE/CORRECT<br />
3. FUEL SELECTORS ........................................................... VERIFY ON<br />
4. ENGINE INDICATIONS ..................... CHECK (Oil>100°F, CHT>150°F)<br />
5. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ................... FULL RICH (Below 5000ft)<br />
6. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS ..................................... FULL FORWARD<br />
7. THROTTLE LEVERS ............................................................ 2200 RPM<br />
8. MAGNETOS (175/50 RPM) ....................................................... CHECK<br />
9. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS (
80 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
4. ENGINE INDICATIONS CHECK<br />
Verify that the ENGINES INDICATIONS are showing Oil Temperature<br />
above 100° F, and Cylinder Head Temperature (CHT) above 150° F, before<br />
advancing the throttle levers for the RUN-UP CHECK.<br />
5. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS<br />
FULL FORWARD (Below 5000 ft.)<br />
Below 5,000 ft., move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the FULL<br />
FORWARD (Full Rich) position.<br />
NOTE<br />
At a density altitude of 5000 ft. or higher, or at high ambient<br />
temperatures, a fully rich mixture can cause a rough running<br />
engine and/or a loss of performance. The mixture should be set<br />
for smooth running of the engine.<br />
6. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />
Verify that the PROPELLER RPM LEVERS are in the FULL FORWARD<br />
position.<br />
7. THROTTLE LEVERS 2200 RPM<br />
After checking that the area behind the aircraft is clear, smoothly move the<br />
THROTTLE LEVERS forward to set 2200 RPM.<br />
8. MAGNETOS (175/50 RPM) CHECK<br />
CHECK the MAGNETOS by rotating the key in the ignition switch to the R<br />
(Right) magneto position and noting engine RPM. Rotate the key to return<br />
to the BOTH position (to ensure clearing the spark plugs on the other<br />
magneto). Then, rotate the key to the L (Left) magneto position and note<br />
the engine RPM. Then, check the right engine magnetos in the same<br />
manner. RPM drop for either magneto should not exceed 175 RPM, nor<br />
should the difference in RPM drop between the magnetos exceed 50 RPM.<br />
CAUTION<br />
The lack of an RPM drop suggests a faulty grounding or<br />
incorrect ignition timing. In case of doubt the magneto check<br />
can be repeated with a leaner mixture, in order to confirm a<br />
problem. Even when running on only one magneto the engine<br />
should not run unduly roughly.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 81<br />
NOTE<br />
If the RPM drop exceeds 175 RPM, slowly lean the mixture until<br />
the RPM peaks. Then, retard the throttle to 2200 RPM for the<br />
magneto check and repeat the check. If the drop-off does not<br />
exceed 175 RPM and the difference between the magnetos does<br />
not exceed 50 RPM, and the engine is running smoothly, the<br />
ignition system is operating properly. Return the Mixture<br />
Control Levers to the Full Forward (Full Rich) position.<br />
NOTE<br />
If a fouled spark plug is suspected: 1) Smoothly advance<br />
throttles to full forward, 2) Lean the mixtures to peak EGT for 45<br />
seconds, 3) Monitor CHT and Oil Temperatures, 4) Enrichen<br />
mixtures to FULL RICH, 5) Smoothly reduce throttles to 2200<br />
RPM, 6) Proceed with magneto check.<br />
9. PROPELLER RPM CYCLE<br />
To check propeller operation, CYCLE the PROPELLER by moving the<br />
PROPELLER RPM LEVER aft to the Feather Gate-Stop until a drop of<br />
maximum 500 RPM is reached and then full forward. Cycle 3 times.<br />
10. THROTTLE LEVERS 1500 RPM<br />
Adjust the THROTTLE LEVERS to set 1500 RPM.<br />
11. PROPELLER FEATHERING (
82 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
14. THROTTLES IDLE (740 ± 20 RPM minimum) CHECK<br />
Move the THROTTLE LEVERS to IDLE and CHECK to ensure that the<br />
engines run smoothly.<br />
NOTE<br />
The idle engine speeds for all <strong>ERAU</strong> <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> aircraft may be<br />
set to 800 RPM to prevent any operational problems associated<br />
with idling at or near idle engine speed in the higher<br />
summertime ambient air temperatures.<br />
15. THROTTLE LEVERS 1000 RPM<br />
Advance the THROTTLE LEVERS to set 1000 RPM.<br />
16. ALTERNATE AIR VERIFY OFF<br />
VERIFY that the ALTERNATE AIR lever is in the OFF (Closed) position.<br />
17. MIXTURES LEAN<br />
To LEAN the MIXTURES, adjust the Throttle Levers to set 1200 RPM, and<br />
move the Mixture Control Levers aft to obtain the peak RPM. Once the<br />
MIXTURES are leaned, adjust the Throttle Levers to set 1000 RPM.<br />
18. PARKING BRAKE RELEASE<br />
RELEASE the PARKING BRAKE by moving the Parking Brake lever up<br />
fully.<br />
19. BEFORE TAKEOFF RUN-UP CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the BEFORE TAKEOFF RUN-UP CHECKLIST, verify<br />
that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />
COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 83<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
84 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
BEFORE TAKEOFF FLOW<br />
9<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To configure the aircraft for departure.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 85<br />
BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST<br />
For repeated takeoffs and landings, complete the Final Items and<br />
Takeoff Flows, and Checklists for EACH takeoff.<br />
1. PRE-TAKEOFF BRIEFING ................................................ COMPLETE<br />
2. FRONT CANOPY .................................................. CLOSED/LATCHED<br />
3. REAR DOOR ........................................................ CLOSED/LATCHED<br />
4. ELEVATOR TRIM ........................................................................... SET<br />
5. RUDDER TRIM ............................................................................... SET<br />
6. FLAPS ............................................................................................... UP<br />
7. CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............................................................... CHECK<br />
8. PFD/MFD ........................................................................................ SET<br />
9. TRAFFIC ................................................................................... CHECK<br />
10. BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST ...................................... COMPLETE<br />
1. PRE-TAKEOFF BRIEFING COMPLETE<br />
COMPLETE a verbal PRE-TAKEOFF BRIEFING that covers how normal,<br />
abnormal and emergency situations would be handled during takeoff (see<br />
the Sample Pre-Takeoff Briefing below).<br />
Sample Pre-Takeoff Briefing<br />
“This will be a VFR/IFR Departure using Runway 7 Left at November<br />
with; 4,500 feet available. We need 1,300 feet for takeoff and an<br />
accelerate stop distance of 3,000 feet. No significant obstacles or<br />
wake turbulence are expected for departure. At takeoff, the wind will<br />
be from our right at 7 knots, so ailerons will be positioned to the<br />
right. V R is 78 KIAS; initial climb speed is 90 KIAS. If there is an<br />
engine fire, failure, or significant system malfunction:<br />
Before rotation, I will close both throttle levers, maintain directional<br />
control with rudder to remain on the runway, and brake as required.<br />
After rotation with runway available for landing, I will smoothly<br />
reduce both throttle levers, re-check the landing gear is down, and land<br />
on the remaining runway.<br />
After rotation with no runway available or gear in transit, I will<br />
maintain directional control, pitch for V YSE (90 KIAS) and execute oneengine<br />
inoperative procedures. I will call the tower, declare an<br />
emergency and return to 7L for a single engine landing. Our calculated<br />
single engine rate of climb is 200 FPM, but in case of inadequate climb<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
86 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
performance, we will go straight ahead for a controlled off-airport<br />
landing.”<br />
2. FRONT CANOPY CLOSED/LATCHED<br />
CLOSE (do not slam) and latch the FRONT CANOPY. Ensure that the<br />
CANOPY is properly LATCHED and that there is no DOOR OPEN Warning<br />
displayed on the PFD.<br />
3. REAR DOOR CLOSED/LATCHED<br />
Verify that the REAR DOOR is CLOSED and LATCHED.<br />
4. ELEVATOR TRIM SET<br />
SET the ELEVATOR TRIM for takeoff. Ensure that the AUTOPILOT is not<br />
engaged for takeoff.<br />
5. RUDDER TRIM SET<br />
SET the RUDDER TRIM to the neutral position.<br />
6. FLAPS UP<br />
Verify the FLAPS switch is in the UP position and confirm the position of<br />
the FLAPS visually.<br />
7. CIRCUIT BREAKERS CHECK<br />
CHECK that all CIRCUIT BREAKERS are in by running your hand across<br />
the circuit breaker panel. If a circuit breaker is out, call Fleet Maintenance.<br />
Do not push the circuit breaker in.<br />
8. PFD/MFD SET<br />
Check the PFD/MFD to ensure that the flight instruments and AVIONICS<br />
are SET for takeoff. For the flight instruments, verify the altimeter setting<br />
and that the HSI is SET for proper indications (magenta or green needles<br />
as appropriate). For the AVIONICS, verify that all frequencies have been<br />
tuned for departure, and that the transponder code is SET, and if<br />
applicable, that the flight plan is entered and activated. If staying in the<br />
local area for instrument approaches, ensure that the approach is loaded<br />
and ready to be activated.<br />
9. TRAFFIC CHECK<br />
Turn the airplane towards the approach end of the runway and visually<br />
CHECK that the Final is clear of TRAFFIC.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 87<br />
10. BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the BEFORE TAKEOFF CHECKLIST, verify that all<br />
items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
NOTE<br />
Single-Pilot Resource Management (SPRM) refers to the<br />
effective use of ALL available resources: human resources,<br />
hardware, and information. Pilot resource management is not a<br />
single task; it is a set of skill competencies that must be evident<br />
as applied to single-pilot operation. Workload management and<br />
situational awareness are to a certain degree observable<br />
behaviors that show these competencies.<br />
Most of the planning and preparation should be done before<br />
takeoff so that the pilot prepares during low workload<br />
situations for high workload situations.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
88 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
BEFORE TAKEOFF FINAL ITEMS FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To configure the aircraft for takeoff.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 89<br />
BEFORE TAKEOFF FINAL ITEMS CHECKLIST<br />
1. FUEL SELECTORS ......................................................................... ON<br />
2. MIXTURE CONTROLS LEVERS ........................................ FULL RICH<br />
3. FUEL PUMPS .................................................................................. ON<br />
4. PITOT HEAT ................................................................. AS REQUIRED<br />
5. LIGHTS ............................................................................................ ON<br />
Verification not required<br />
1. FUEL SELECTORS ON<br />
Verify that both FUEL SELECTORS are in the ON position.<br />
2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS FULL RICH<br />
Advance the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the FULL RICH (FULL<br />
FORWARD) position.<br />
3. FUEL PUMPS ON<br />
Depress the FUEL PUMPS switches to the ON position.<br />
4. PITOT HEAT AS REQUIRED<br />
Verify that the PITOT HEAT is OFF, or ON if the outside air temperature is<br />
50° F (10° C) or below with visible moisture (i.e. clouds, fog, mist, rain,<br />
etc.).<br />
NOTE<br />
STALL HEAT OFF and PITOT HEAT OFF Cautions will be<br />
displayed on the PFD anytime the Pitot Heat switch is in the<br />
OFF position.<br />
If the Pitot Heat switch is in the ON position, the caution<br />
mentioned above will disappear. After a few seconds, a new<br />
Caution will appear displaying STALL HEAT FAIL. This alerts<br />
the pilot that the stall heat has been de-rated to 50% (while the<br />
airplane is on the ground). In this case, acknowledge the<br />
Caution as soon as practicable, but prior to commencing the<br />
takeoff roll. Do not takeoff without cancelling the caution.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
90 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
5. LIGHTS ON<br />
Turn the LIGHTS ON as appropriate:<br />
- Day: Turn the landing light, taxi light and strobe lights ON for collision<br />
avoidance.<br />
- Night: Turn the landing light, taxi light and strobe lights ON for takeoff<br />
visibility and collision avoidance. Position lights should be ON per 14<br />
CFR Part 91.209.<br />
Verification not required.<br />
NOTE<br />
NOTE<br />
Avoid shining lights directly at another aircraft. Turn off strobe<br />
lights during low visibility to avoid becoming distracted and<br />
disoriented.<br />
NOTE<br />
To ensure that the pilot’s total attention to the runway and final<br />
approach environment remains uncompromised by any Before<br />
Takeoff task, when ready for takeoff and holding short:<br />
At tower controlled airports:<br />
1. Contact the tower to advise, “Ready for Takeoff.”<br />
2. When a takeoff or position and hold clearance has been received,<br />
while still holding short (and not moving), conduct the Before Takeoff<br />
Final Items flow.<br />
3. Upon completion of the Before Takeoff Final Items flow, ensure that<br />
the runway and final approach environments are clear before<br />
proceeding onto the runway for takeoff, or position and hold, as<br />
appropriate.<br />
4. Refuse any Immediate Takeoff clearance if you are unable to<br />
accomplish the above.<br />
At uncontrolled airports:<br />
1. Make the takeoff announcement.<br />
2. While still holding short (and not moving), conduct the Before Takeoff<br />
Final Items flow.<br />
3. Upon completion of the Before Takeoff Final Items flow, ensure that<br />
the runway and final approach environments are clear before<br />
proceeding onto the runway for takeoff.<br />
4. For collision avoidance reasons, avoid a position and hold situation<br />
on the runway when waiting for landing traffic to clear the runway.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 91<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
92 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
CLIMB FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To configure the aircraft for optimum climb performance.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 93<br />
CLIMB CHECKLIST<br />
Accomplish at 1000’ AGL<br />
(Not required if remaining in the traffic pattern.)<br />
1. FLAPS ............................................................................................... UP<br />
2. LANDING GEAR ........................................................... UP/NO LIGHTS<br />
3. CLIMB POWER ............................................................................... SET<br />
4. MIXTURES ................................... FULL FORWARD (Full Rich)/(LEAN)<br />
5. FUEL PUMPS ................................................................................ OFF<br />
6. ENGINE INDICATIONS ............................................................. CHECK<br />
7. TRANSPONDER ............................................................... VERIFY ALT<br />
8. CLIMB CHECKLIST ........................................................... COMPLETE<br />
1. FLAPS UP<br />
Verify that the FLAPS are in the UP position for optimum climb<br />
performance.<br />
2. LANDING GEAR UP/NO LIGHTS<br />
Verify that the LANDING GEAR is in the UP position and that no lights (3<br />
green landing gear indicators/1 red Gear Warning light) are illuminated.<br />
3. CLIMB POWER SET<br />
At 500’ AFE, adjust for climb POWER by reducing the THROTTLES AND<br />
PROPELLER RPM LEVERS to SET 25”/2500 RPM. Full power may be<br />
used if performance requires it. To ensure good visibility during a climb, a<br />
cruise climb speed 100 KIAS should be used.<br />
CAUTION<br />
The maximum time limit for all engines operating at full takeoff<br />
power is 5 minutes.<br />
4. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS<br />
FULL FORWARD (Full Rich)/(Lean)<br />
Verify that the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS are in the FULL FORWARD<br />
(Full Rich) position. Lean the mixtures above 5,000’ MSL, or lower, if<br />
necessary, to obtain smooth engine operation.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
94 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
5. FUEL PUMPS OFF<br />
Above a safe altitude, turn the FUEL PUMPS off one at a time by<br />
depressing the FUEL PUMP switches to the OFF position. Ensure that fuel<br />
flow is still provided and no LO FUEL PRES warnings are displayed on the<br />
PFD.<br />
CAUTION<br />
The Fuel Pump must be turned ON anytime the L/R FUEL PR LO<br />
warning (low fuel pressure) is displayed.<br />
6. ENGINE INDICATIONS CHECK<br />
CHECK that the engine indications are in the green sector.<br />
7. TRANSPONDER VERIFY ALT<br />
VERIFY that the TRANSPONDER has switched to ALT mode at an<br />
appropriate point during the initial climb.<br />
8. CLIMB CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the CLIMB CHECKLIST, verify that all items have been<br />
accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 95<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
96 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
CRUISE FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To configure the aircraft for optimum cruise performance.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 97<br />
CRUISE CHECKLIST<br />
Not required if remaining in the traffic pattern.<br />
1. CRUISE POWER ............................................................................ SET<br />
2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS .................................................... LEAN<br />
3. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM .................................................. SET<br />
4. FUEL QUANTITY .................................................................. MONITOR<br />
5. LIGHTS .................................................................................. ON (OFF)<br />
6. CRUISE CHECKLIST ......................................................... COMPLETE<br />
1. CRUISE POWER SET<br />
Maintain climb power throughout the level off until the desired cruise<br />
airspeed is reached. Then, reduce the Throttle Levers and Propeller RPM<br />
Levers to SET the desired CRUISE POWER setting.<br />
NOTE<br />
Maximum Continuous Power (MCP) shall not exceed 160 hp. A<br />
cruise power of 23” MP/ 2200 RPM is recommended for 65% or<br />
less of Maximum Takeoff Power up to 5,000’ pressure altitude.<br />
The available power never exceeds MCP above 3500’ pressure<br />
altitude.<br />
NOTE<br />
Favorable combinations of manifold pressure and RPM are<br />
provided in the AFM, Chapter 5.<br />
NOTE<br />
To optimize engine life, Cylinder Head Temperature (CHT)<br />
should remain between 150° F and 400° F. If possible, the oil<br />
temperature should not remain under 180° F for long periods so<br />
as to avoid accumulation of condensation water.<br />
NOTE<br />
The oil temperature in continuous operation should remain<br />
between 165° F and 220° F. If possible, the oil temperature<br />
should not remain under 180° F for long periods so as to avoid<br />
accumulation of condensation water.<br />
2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS LEAN<br />
Move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to LEAN the mixtures as required<br />
for best power, or economy, as appropriate.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
98 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
CAUTION<br />
Before selecting a higher cruise power setting, the mixtures<br />
should be enrichened slightly.<br />
3. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM SET<br />
SET the ELEVATOR and RUDDER TRIM as required for cruise.<br />
4. FUEL QUANTITY MONITOR<br />
MONITOR the fuel quantity for transfer and balancing. Crossfeed if<br />
required to balance the fuel quantity between left and right fuel tanks. If<br />
available, transfer fuel from the auxiliary fuel tanks into the main fuel tanks.<br />
NOTE<br />
A maximum of 5 gallons imbalance is permitted.<br />
The Fuel Pump must be ON anytime the L/R FUEL PR LO (low<br />
fuel pressure) warning is displayed.<br />
Auxiliary Fuel Tanks<br />
CAUTION<br />
Fuel Transfer Procedure (if installed):<br />
CAUTION<br />
When operating the FUEL TRANSFER LH/RH SWITCHES,<br />
ensure that the 5 gallons fuel imbalance limit is not exceeded.<br />
Both FUEL TRANSFER SWITCHES must be operated<br />
simultaneously to avoid additional imbalance in the auxiliary<br />
fuel tanks.<br />
Fuel Transfer Procedure (if installed):<br />
NOTE<br />
The following recommended fuel transfer procedure assumes<br />
that the Auxiliary Tanks are full (26.4 gallons):<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 99<br />
Begin the auxiliary fuel transfer (steps 1 to 4) when the fuel quantity in each<br />
main tank is indicating 17 gallons or less.<br />
NOTE<br />
The fuel level switches in the main fuel tanks will switch the<br />
transfer pumps off when the fuel quantity in the main tanks<br />
reaches approximately 22 gallons.<br />
1. Depress the FUEL TRANSFER SWITCHES to the ON position.<br />
2. Confirm fuel transfer process, “L/R FUEL XFER” displayed on PFD.<br />
3. Note the time and monitor Fuel Quantity. Expect the transfer to stop<br />
after approximately 5 to 6 minutes.<br />
4. Depress the FUEL TRANSFER SWITCHES to the OFF position.<br />
when the “L/R FUEL XFER” alert messages are no longer displayed.<br />
NOTE<br />
To avoid intermittent operation and reduce wear on the fuel<br />
transfer pumps, switch the pumps off as soon as the transfer<br />
process is stopped automatically by the fuel level switches.<br />
Begin the auxiliary fuel transfer (Steps 5 to 8) when the fuel quantity in<br />
each main tank is indicating 17 gallons or less:<br />
NOTE<br />
The fuel level switches in the auxiliary tanks will switch the<br />
transfer pumps off when the auxiliary tanks are empty.<br />
5. Depress the FUEL TRANSFER SWITCHES to the ON position<br />
6. Confirm fuel transfer process, “L/R FUEL XFER” displayed on PFD<br />
7. Note the time and monitor fuel quantity. Expect the transfer to stop<br />
after approximately 5 to 6 minutes.<br />
8. Depress the FUEL TRANSFER SWITCHES to the OFF position<br />
when the “L/R AUX FUEL E” caution messages are displayed.<br />
NOTE<br />
To avoid intermittent operation and reduce wear on the fuel<br />
transfer pumps, switch the pumps off as soon as the transfer<br />
process is stopped automatically by the fuel level switches.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
100 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
NOTE<br />
L/R AUX FUEL E Caution will only be displayed on the PFD if<br />
the respective Transfer Switch is in the ON position.<br />
CAUTION<br />
When the fuel transfer pump is defective, the fuel stored in the<br />
auxiliary tank is not available. The flight plan must be amended<br />
accordingly.<br />
5. LIGHTS ON (OFF)<br />
Verify that the LANDING LIGHT is ON for collision avoidance precautions.<br />
The strobe lights should remain ON. Turn the lights OFF only when<br />
operating in clouds, low visibility conditions, at night, or in any other<br />
condition where having the lights ON would compromise safety of flight.<br />
6. CRUISE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the CRUISE CHECKLIST, verify that all items have<br />
been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 101<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
102 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
DESCENT FLOW<br />
8<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To configure the aircraft for an approach or arrival.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 103<br />
DESCENT CHECKLIST<br />
Not required if remaining in the traffic pattern. Accomplish<br />
before beginning a descent from cruise altitude, or within 10 nm<br />
of the airport if a descent is not required. Copy ATIS and Brief<br />
the approach or arrival prior to beginning the Checklist. The A-<br />
B-C check is a systematic method for preparing for arrival.<br />
1. APPROACH BRIEFING ..................................................... COMPLETE<br />
2. FUEL SELECTORS ......................................................................... ON<br />
3. MIXTURES .......................................................................... ENRICHEN<br />
4. GEAR WARNING HORN/INDICATIONS ...................................... TEST<br />
5. LIGHTS ............................................................................................ ON<br />
6. PFD/MFD ........................................................................................ SET<br />
7. STANDBY INSTRUMENTS ............................................................. SET<br />
8. SEATBELTS .................................................................................... ON<br />
9. DESCENT CHECKLIST ..................................................... COMPLETE<br />
1. APPROACH BRIEFING COMPLETE<br />
COMPLETE the APPROACH BRIEFING to include:<br />
- Visual / Instrument Approach<br />
- Runway to be used<br />
- Traffic Pattern Entry and altitude<br />
- Traffic Watch (how many aircraft in the pattern)<br />
- Crosswind direction and approximate speed component<br />
- Windshear and Braking Conditions<br />
- Altimeter Setting<br />
- Terrain / Obstacles<br />
- NOTAMs<br />
- Details unique to the Airport / Approach<br />
- Runway Exit Plan<br />
In addition, if an instrument approach procedure is expected, include in the<br />
APPROACH BRIEFING:<br />
1. APPROACH BRIEFING (continued) COMPLETE<br />
- Name of Airport<br />
- Type of Approach<br />
- Approach Chart Number and Date<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
104 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
- Primary NAVAID Frequency<br />
- Inbound Course<br />
- FAF/Glideslope Crossing Altitude<br />
- DA(H)/MDA<br />
- Visibility Requirements<br />
- Approach Lights<br />
- Missed Approach Point<br />
- Missed Approach Procedure (include expected entry procedure into<br />
the holding pattern and initial heading to fly)<br />
2. FUEL SELECTORS ON<br />
Verify that both FUEL SELECTORS are in the ON position.<br />
3. MIXTURES ENRICHEN<br />
Slowly ENRICHEN the MIXTURES as required by moving the Mixture<br />
Control Levers forward.<br />
4. GEAR WARNING HORN/INDICATIONS TEST<br />
TEST the GEAR WARNING HORN by depressing the gear warning horn<br />
button. A warning horn sounds to alert the pilot that the landing gear is<br />
retracted. The TEST is complete when the three green landing gear lights<br />
and one red landing gear unsafe light INDICATIONS illuminate.<br />
5. LIGHTS ON<br />
Turn the LANDING LIGHT ON as appropriate:<br />
- Day: Turn the landing light, taxi light, and strobe lights ON for<br />
collision avoidance.<br />
- Night: Turn the landing light, taxi light, and strobe lights ON for<br />
takeoff visibility and collision avoidance. Position lights should be ON<br />
per 14 CFR Part 91.209.<br />
6. PFD/MFD SET<br />
Check the PFD by verifying that the current barometric pressure is SET in<br />
the window. Check the AVIONICS by verifying that the communication and<br />
navigation frequencies are SET for arrival and approach. Set anticipated<br />
frequencies on standby.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 105<br />
If IFR:<br />
- Verify that the marker beacon switch is ON, if needed.<br />
- Set the inbound course for the approach (In certain cases, the G1000<br />
system will automatically select the inbound course on the HSI when<br />
an instrument approach is loaded).<br />
- If applicable, identify the NAVAIDS to be used for approach.<br />
- Set the GPS for the approach procedure or destination airport.<br />
- Select magenta needles for a GPS/RNAV approach or green needles<br />
for a VOR/LOC/LOC BC/ILS approach.<br />
- If equipped, set the Autopilot for the approach, if desired.<br />
Check the MFD by verifying that the MFD map options and range are SET<br />
as desired (Topography, terrain, traffic, etc).<br />
NOTE<br />
If planning on an instrument approach, the approach course<br />
depicted on the MFD should enhance the pilot’s situational<br />
awareness and help him/her monitor his/her progress through<br />
the approach. Once established on the final approach course<br />
inbound, the track vector (if selected) can aid the pilot in<br />
determining proper wind correction for accurate course<br />
tracking.<br />
7. STANDBY INSTRUMENTS SET<br />
Check the STANDBY INSTRUMENTS by verifying that the current<br />
barometric pressure is SET in the Kollsman window.<br />
8. SEATBELTS ON<br />
Ensure that all occupant(s’) SEATBELTS are ON and adjusted (per 14<br />
CFR Part 91.107).<br />
9. DESCENT CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the DESCENT CHECKLIST, verify that all items have<br />
been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
106 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
CAUTION<br />
When reducing power, the change in cylinder head temperature<br />
should not exceed 50° F per minute. An excessive cooling rate<br />
may occur when the engine is very hot and the throttle lever is<br />
reduced abruptly in a fast descent. This will be indicated by a<br />
flashing cylinder head temperature indication.<br />
CAUTION<br />
When the fuel pressure warning message illuminates, the<br />
electric fuel pump should be switched on.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 107<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
108 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
DESCENT FINAL ITEMS FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To properly configure the aircraft for landing.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 109<br />
DESCENT FINAL ITEMS CHECKLIST<br />
Accomplish prior to 300’ AFE.<br />
1. FUEL PUMPS .................................................................................. ON<br />
2. LANDING GEAR ....................................................... DOWN/ 3 GREEN<br />
3. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS .................FULL FORWARD (Full Rich)<br />
4. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS ...................................... FULL FORWARD<br />
5. FLAPS ........................................................................... AS REQUIRED<br />
6. AUTOPILOT (if equipped) .............................................................. OFF<br />
7. PARKING BRAKE ................................................... VERIFY RELEASE<br />
8. DESCENT FINAL ITEMS CHECKLIST .............................. COMPLETE<br />
1. FUEL PUMPS ON<br />
Depress the FUEL PUMPS switches to the ON position.<br />
2. LANDING GEAR DOWN/ 3 GREEN<br />
Verify that the Gear Selector is in the Down position. Visually check to<br />
confirm that the 3 GREEN indicator lights are illuminated indicating that the<br />
LANDING GEAR is in the DOWN and locked position. In addition, the<br />
landing gear unsafe light should not be illuminated. Check that the nose<br />
gear appears extended in the engine nacelle mirror.<br />
3. MIXTURE CONTROLS LEVERS FULL FORWARD (Full Rich)<br />
Verify that the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS are in the FULL FORWARD<br />
(Full Rich) position.<br />
4. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />
Verify that the PROPELLER RPM LEVERS are in the FULL FORWARD<br />
position.<br />
5. FLAPS AS REQUIRED<br />
Select the FLAPS AS REQUIRED for landing (APP or LDG configuration).<br />
CAUTION<br />
A No flap landing with power will have reduced elevator travel<br />
due to stick limiter being engaged above 14.5” MP. In<br />
conditions such as strong wind, danger of windshear or<br />
turbulence a higher approach speed should be selected.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
110 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
6. AUTOPILOT (if equipped) OFF<br />
If equipped, depress the Control Wheel Disconnect switch and verify that<br />
the AUTOPILOT is OFF for landing.<br />
7. PARKING BRAKE VERIFY RELEASE<br />
Ensure the PARKING BRAKE is set to RELEASE prior to landing.<br />
8. DESCENT FINAL ITEMS CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the DESCENT FINAL ITEMS CHECKLIST, verify that<br />
all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 111<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
112 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
AFTER LANDING FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To clean up the aircraft after landing in preparation for taxi.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 113<br />
AFTER LANDING CHECKLIST<br />
Accomplish only when clear of the runway and stopped<br />
completely.<br />
1. ELEVATOR TRIM ........................................................................... SET<br />
2. RUDDER TRIM ............................................................................... SET<br />
3. FLAPS ............................................................................................... UP<br />
4. MIXTURES ................................................................................... LEAN<br />
5. FUEL PUMPS ................................................................................ OFF<br />
6. PITOT HEAT .................................................................................. OFF<br />
7. LIGHTS ......................................................................... AS REQUIRED<br />
8. AVIONICS ..................................................................... AS REQUIRED<br />
9. AFTER LANDING CHECKLIST ............................................ COMPLETE<br />
1. ELEVATOR TRIM SET<br />
SET the ELEVATOR TRIM to the takeoff position.<br />
2. RUDDER TRIM SET<br />
SET the rudder trim to the neutral position.<br />
3. FLAPS UP<br />
Before changing the flap position on the ground, verify that you have the<br />
flap control switch and callout, “Flaps Identified”. Wait for the IP to<br />
respond, “Flaps Verified”, then retract the FLAPS to the UP position,<br />
visually verifying that the flaps are moving towards the retracted position.<br />
4. MIXTURES LEAN<br />
Lean the mixtures appropriately for ground operations by advancing the<br />
throttles to 1200 RPM and leaning the MIXTURES until the peak RPM has<br />
is obtain. Once leaning is complete, set the THROTTLE LEVERS to 1000<br />
RPM.<br />
NOTE<br />
After landing, it is beneficial to operate the engines in the 800 to<br />
1200 RPM range for a short period prior to shutdown to allow<br />
the temperature to stabilize.<br />
5. FUEL PUMPS OFF<br />
Depress the FUEL PUMPS switches to the OFF position.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
114 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
6. PITOT HEAT OFF<br />
Verify that the PITOT HEAT switch is in the OFF position.<br />
NOTE<br />
STALL HEAT OFF and PITOT HEAT OFF Cautions will be<br />
displayed on the PFD anytime the pitot-heat switch is in the<br />
OFF position.<br />
7. LIGHTS AS REQUIRED<br />
- Day: Turn the landing light off, keep the taxi light on, and strobe lights<br />
on for collision avoidance.<br />
- Night: Turn the landing light off, keep the taxi light on, and strobe<br />
lights on for taxiing visibility and collision avoidance. Position lights<br />
should be ON per 14 CFR Part 91.209.<br />
NOTE<br />
Avoid shining lights directly at another aircraft. Turn off strobe<br />
lights during low visibility to avoid becoming distracted and<br />
disoriented.<br />
8. AVIONICS AS REQUIRED<br />
Set the appropriate radio frequencies required if any for the taxi operation.<br />
9. AFTER LANDING CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the AFTER LANDING CHECKLIST, verify that all items<br />
have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 115<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
116 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
SHUTDOWN FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To safely shut down the engines.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 117<br />
SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST<br />
1. PARKING BRAKE ........................................................................... SET<br />
2. THROTTLE LEVERS ............................................................ 1000 RPM<br />
3. ENGINE INDICATIONS ............................................................. CHECK<br />
4. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />
5. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ........................................................... OFF<br />
6. IGNITION GROUNDING .............................................. GROUND TEST<br />
7. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
8. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................... OFF/REMOVE<br />
9. LIGHTS (except position lights) ...................................................... OFF<br />
10. SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST ................................................. COMPLETE<br />
1. PARKING BRAKE SET<br />
SET the PARKING BRAKE by applying pressure to the top part of the<br />
rudder pedals while moving the parking brake lever down or by setting the<br />
lever to the ON position and then depress the brake pedals multiple times<br />
to build the pressure.<br />
2. THROTTLE LEVERS 1000 RPM<br />
Adjust the THROTTLE LEVERS to set 1000 RPM.<br />
3. ENGINE INDICATIONS CHECK<br />
CHECK that the ENGINE INDICATIONS are in the green prior to engine<br />
shutdown.<br />
4. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />
Depress the AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />
NOTE<br />
When the AVIONICS MASTER switch is in the OFF position, the<br />
Audio panel and COM 2 are not activated. COM 1 will only be<br />
usable from the PILOT side to perform RAMP-IN CHECKLIST.<br />
5. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OFF<br />
Verify that all ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT switches are in the OFF position,<br />
except the anti-collision lights (strobes).<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
118 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
6. IGNITION GROUNDING GROUND TEST<br />
To CHECK IGNITION GROUNDING of each engine’s magnetos, turn the<br />
respective IGNITION SWITCH to the OFF position momentarily until RPM<br />
drops noticeably, then immediately back to BOTH.<br />
CAUTION<br />
Ignition grounding checks done at higher engine speeds could<br />
cause engine backfiring, resulting in internal engine damage. If<br />
engine RPM does not decrease during the ignition grounding<br />
check, the magnetos may not be grounding (hot mag). Down<br />
the airplane and ensure that Fleet Maintenance is notified<br />
immediately.<br />
CAUTION<br />
When performing Magnetos grounding check, use caution<br />
when turning the key from OFF to BOTH position to prevent<br />
inadvertent engagement of the Starter.<br />
7. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
Move both MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />
8. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF/REMOVE<br />
After the propellers (engines) have come to a complete stop, turn the<br />
IGNITION SWITCHES to the OFF position to ground the magnetos,<br />
disabling the ignition system and remove the keys.<br />
WARNING<br />
If the ignition switches are turned off before the engine stops<br />
completely, non-ignited fuel will remain in the engine cylinders,<br />
creating a potential hazard of the non-ignited fuel igniting<br />
unexpectedly (i.e., the propeller rotated with a hot mag), or of<br />
having an over-primed engine during the next engine start (i.e.,<br />
an engine fire).<br />
9. LIGHTS OFF<br />
Ensure that all LIGHTS switches (except the Position Lights) are in the<br />
OFF position.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 119<br />
10. SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the SHUTDOWN CHECKLIST, verify that all items<br />
have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
120 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
RAMP IN CHECKLIST<br />
1. FLIGHT DATA (Eagle Data) ....................................................RAMP IN<br />
2. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />
3. RAMP IN CHECKLIST ........................................................ COMPLETE<br />
1. FLIGHT DATA (Eagle Data) RAMP IN<br />
Contact <strong>ERAU</strong> FLIGHT DATA (Eagle Data) on 122.825 MHz to RAMP IN<br />
by providing the aircraft’s status (Up or Down) and the Hobbs and Tach<br />
times.<br />
NOTE<br />
Because the AVIONICS Switch is OFF (the AVIONICS Bus is not<br />
powered), only COM 1 can be used from the Pilot side to Ramp<br />
In.<br />
NOTE<br />
If the aircraft is DOWN, record the discrepancy on the<br />
Discrepancy Record form. If more than one discrepancy exists,<br />
list each discrepancy separately in the boxes provided. Record<br />
the Hobbs and Tach times on the Aircraft Flight Record form.<br />
Both forms are attached to the airplane’s clipboard.<br />
2. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />
Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />
3. RAMP IN CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the RAMP IN CHECKLIST, verify that all items have<br />
been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 121<br />
SECURE CHECKLIST<br />
1. LIGHTS .......................................................................................... OFF<br />
2. TRASH ............................................................................ REMOVE ALL<br />
3. CONTROL LOCK .................................................................... INSTALL<br />
4. TIE-DOWNS ............................................................................ SECURE<br />
5. PITOT/STATIC MAST COVER ................................................ INSTALL<br />
6. MAIN WHEELS ......................................................................... CHOCK<br />
7. PARKING BRAKE ................................................................. RELEASE<br />
8. WINDOW/FRONT CANOPY ........................................... CLOSE/LOCK<br />
9. REAR DOOR .................................................................. CLOSE/LOCK<br />
10. POST-FLIGHT INSPECTION ............................................... PERFORM<br />
11. SECURE CHECKLIST ....................................................... COMPLETE<br />
1. LIGHTS OFF<br />
Ensure that all interior and exterior aircraft LIGHTS are OFF.<br />
2. TRASH REMOVE ALL<br />
REMOVE any and all TRASH from the cabin (even if it is not yours).<br />
3. CONTROL LOCK INSTALL<br />
INSTALL the CONTROL LOCK on the control stick to restrict freedom of<br />
movement of the flight controls.<br />
4. TIE-DOWNS SECURE<br />
Install the TIE-DOWNS for the wings and tail.<br />
NOTE<br />
If at an outlying airport and strong winds are not expected, you<br />
may temporarily substitute tie-downs with chocks on the nose<br />
gear.<br />
5. PITOT/STATIC MAST COVER INSTALL<br />
INSTALL the PITOT/STATIC MAST COVER on the Pitot/Static Mast.<br />
6. MAIN WHEELS CHOCK<br />
7. PARKING BRAKE RELEASE<br />
RELEASE the PARKING BRAKE by moving the Parking Brake lever up<br />
fully.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
122 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
8. WINDOW/CANOPY CLOSE/LOCK<br />
CLOSE and latch the WINDOW. CLOSE and latch the CANOPY and<br />
LOCK it with the key provided.<br />
9. REAR DOOR CLOSE/LOCK<br />
CLOSE the REAR DOOR and LOCK it with the key provided.<br />
10. POST-FLIGHT INSPECTION PERFORM<br />
PERFORM a POST-FLIGHT INSPECTION of the aircraft by conducting a<br />
360° walk-around, checking for any damage, fluid leakage, or signs of a<br />
bird strike that may have occurred during the flight. Verify that all lights are<br />
OFF and that the airplane is properly secured.<br />
11. SECURE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the SECURE CHECKLIST, verify that all items have<br />
been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
NOTE<br />
Verify that any and all discrepancies (if any) are recorded on the<br />
Discrepancy Record form. If more than one discrepancy exists,<br />
list each discrepancy separately in the boxes provided. Verify<br />
that Hobbs and Tach times have been recorded on the Aircraft<br />
Flight Record form. Both forms are attached to the airplane’s<br />
clipboard. Return all gust locks (if equipped) to Flight Dispatch.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 123<br />
Section 3:<br />
EMERGENCY<br />
PROCEDURES<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
124 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
INTRODUCTION<br />
Successful handling of emergency situations is largely dependent on the<br />
judgment and skill of the flight crew. All emergency conditions should be<br />
handled with planning and organization. Although it is not possible to write<br />
specific procedures to cover every facet of every emergency or irregularity<br />
a pilot may confront, it is possible to establish certain operating guidelines.<br />
The overriding matter of importance is very basic: someone must fly the<br />
airplane. In addition to executing the required procedure(s), the pilot must<br />
still devote primary attention to the control and navigation of the airplane<br />
with regard to terrain, weather, air traffic control, and airplane configuration.<br />
There are some situations which always require a landing at the nearest<br />
suitable airport. These situations include, but are not limited to, cabin<br />
smoke or fire that persists, loss of equipment cooling, and electrical faults<br />
that result in only leaving a single critical system remaining. In any event, it<br />
is the responsibility of the pilot in command to assess the situation and<br />
execute sound judgment to determine the safest course of action to be<br />
taken. It is stressed that for persistent smoke, or a fire that cannot be<br />
positively confirmed to be completely extinguished, the earliest possible<br />
descent, landing, and passenger evacuation should be accomplished.<br />
Cycling or resetting tripped circuit breakers shall not be done<br />
indiscriminately. Cycling or resetting circuit breakers on the ground is<br />
acceptable, except for those prohibited in any procedure. Before cycling or<br />
resetting a circuit breaker in flight, the pilot in command shall consider<br />
available resources such as the AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL (AFM), the<br />
<strong>ERAU</strong> Fleet Maintenance Department, and pilot experience to ensure that<br />
no restriction(s) exist.<br />
A tripped circuit breaker may be reset one time after a 90-second cooling<br />
period. Consider the relative importance of the inoperative component to<br />
the remainder of the flight, as well as other indications (i.e., other tripped<br />
circuit breakers, etc.) prior to resetting the associated circuit breaker.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 125<br />
Discrepancy Reporting/Flight Log Entries<br />
Reporting of a system and other airplane discrepancies to the <strong>ERAU</strong> Fleet<br />
Maintenance Department is of the utmost importance. Prompt notification<br />
not only allows Fleet Maintenance to respond quickly, but to pre-plan for<br />
down line maintenance. In addition, reporting certain mechanical<br />
discrepancies such as: engine failures, fire warnings, and fire extinguisher<br />
discharges are required by regulation.<br />
Emergency Procedures<br />
Initially, flying the airplane and confirming an emergency are most<br />
important steps in dealing with any emergency. Emergency procedures<br />
may include immediate action items that are of such critical nature that they<br />
must be accomplished from memory. Memory steps are enclosed in a<br />
Dashed Box. Memory steps are to be called out and accomplished prior to<br />
reading the checklist. When accomplishing the checklist, the pilot reads<br />
the checklist aloud, taking note of all instructions. Conditions permitting,<br />
the Pilot Flying (PF) maintains an awareness of checklist progress and<br />
announces when the emergency procedure is complete.<br />
Communications<br />
Proper communication during normal, emergency, and abnormal situation<br />
is essential to safe and effective mission management. Such situations<br />
include, but are not limited to, airplane system irregularities and<br />
emergencies, medical emergencies, and diversions. In such<br />
circumstances, the pilot should communicate as appropriate with:<br />
- ATC: Declaring emergency and communicating intentions.<br />
- <strong>ERAU</strong> Dispatch: Coordinating emergency support and/or diversions.<br />
- <strong>ERAU</strong> Fleet Maintenance Department: Support for resolving and<br />
handling airplane system abnormalities.<br />
- FSS: Obtaining weather updates and coordinating emergency<br />
support and/or diversions.<br />
Advising control and resource groups of these situations as well as pilot<br />
intentions is paramount in utilizing all available resources to arrive at an<br />
informed plan of action.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
126 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF FLOW<br />
(DURING GROUND ROLL)<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To safely stop the airplane if an engine fails during the takeoff<br />
roll when the speed is below 78 KIAS, or, if airborne at a speed<br />
below 78 KIAS when the landing gear is down (extended).<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 127<br />
ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST<br />
(DURING GROUND ROLL)<br />
If sufficient runway remains for a complete stop:<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVERS ............................................ IDLE IMMEDIATELY<br />
2. DIRECTIONAL CONTROL .................................................... MAINTAIN<br />
3. BRAKE .......................................................................... AS REQUIRED<br />
If insufficient runway remains for a complete stop:<br />
4. FUEL SELECTORS ....................................................................... OFF<br />
5. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
6. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................... OFF<br />
7. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />
8. ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST (DURING<br />
GROUND ROLL) ................................................................ COMPLETE<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVERS IDLE IMMEDIATELY<br />
Upon the first indication of an engine failure during the takeoff roll,<br />
IMMEDIATELY move both THROTTLE LEVERS to IDLE while maintaining<br />
directional control.<br />
When appropriate, advise ATC, or announce on the CTAF, that the takeoff<br />
has been aborted.<br />
2. DIRECTIONAL CONTROL MAINTAIN<br />
MAINTAIN DIRECTIONAL CONTROL of the aircraft, avoiding obstacles.<br />
NOTE<br />
Items 1 and 2 must be accomplished simultaneously. An<br />
aborted takeoff is a very critical maneuver requiring timely<br />
decision-making and reaction. In addition, for every takeoff,<br />
calculating an accelerate/stop distance is important for takeoff<br />
planning and aeronautical decision-making.<br />
3. BRAKE AS REQUIRED<br />
When on the runway, BRAKE, AS REQUIRED, to stop straight ahead on<br />
the remaining runway, taking care not to lock the wheels. If able, exit the<br />
airplane onto a taxiway.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
128 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
NOTE<br />
Avoid locking the wheels, which will cause skidding, resulting<br />
in an increase in the stopping distance, and may cause one or<br />
both main gear tires to blow.<br />
If insufficient runway remains for a complete stop:<br />
4. FUEL SELECTORS OFF<br />
Place both FUEL SELECTORS in the OFF position to stop the flow of fuel<br />
to the engines and reduce the possibility of fire and injury to the crew<br />
members.<br />
5. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
Move both MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />
6. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />
Turn the IGNITION SWITCHES to the OFF position to ground the<br />
magnetos, disabling the engine ignition system.<br />
7. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />
Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />
8. ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST<br />
(During Ground Roll)<br />
COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF<br />
CHECKLIST (During Ground Roll), verify that all items have been<br />
accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 129<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
130 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF FLOW<br />
(ABOVE 78 KIAS, RUNWAY REMAINING)<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To safely stop the airplane when an engine fails during the takeoff roll<br />
when the speed is above 78 KIAS, or when airborne immediately after<br />
liftoff at a speed above 78 KIAS.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 131<br />
ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST<br />
(ABOVE 78 KIAS, RUNWAY REMAINING)<br />
Landing gear is DOWN, not in transit, and discontinuing the<br />
takeoff.<br />
If sufficient runway remains for a complete stop:<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVERS ..................................................................... IDLE<br />
2. DIRECTIONAL CONTROL .................................................... MAINTAIN<br />
3. LAND ..................................................................... STRAIGHT AHEAD<br />
4. BRAKE .......................................................................... AS REQUIRED<br />
If insufficient runway remains for a complete stop:<br />
5. FUEL SELECTORS ....................................................................... OFF<br />
6. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
7. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................... OFF<br />
8. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />
9. ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST (Above 78 KIAS,<br />
Runway Remaining) ........................................................... COMPLETE<br />
If sufficient runway remains for a complete stop:<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVERS IDLE<br />
Upon the first indication of an engine failure during the takeoff roll,<br />
IMMEDIATELY move both THROTTLE LEVERS to IDLE while maintaining<br />
directional control.<br />
2. DIRECTIONAL CONTROL MAINTAIN<br />
MAINTAIN DIRECTIONAL CONTROL of the aircraft, maneuvering as<br />
necessary to avoid any obstacles.<br />
If airborne, land the airplane. Reduce power as necessary to maintain<br />
sufficient airspeed for directional control, adjusting the pitch attitude to<br />
avoid a high sink rate.<br />
Advise ATC, or announce on the CTAF that the takeoff has been aborted.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
132 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
NOTE<br />
Items 1 and 2 must be accomplished simultaneously. An<br />
aborted takeoff is a very critical maneuver requiring timely<br />
decision-making and reaction. In addition, for every takeoff,<br />
calculating an accelerate/stop distance is important for takeoff<br />
planning and aeronautical decision-making.<br />
3. LAND STRAIGHT AHEAD<br />
LAND STRAIGHT AHEAD, making small turns only to avoid obstructions.<br />
4. BRAKE AS REQUIRED<br />
When on the runway, BRAKE, AS REQUIRED, to stop straight ahead on<br />
the remaining runway, taking care not to lock the wheels. If able, exit the<br />
airplane onto a taxiway.<br />
NOTE<br />
Avoid locking the brakes, which will cause skidding and result<br />
in an increase in the stopping distance.<br />
If insufficient runway remains for a complete stop:<br />
5. FUEL SELECTORS OFF<br />
Place both FUEL SELECTORS in the OFF position to stop the flow of fuel<br />
to the engines and reduce the possibility of fire and injury to the crew<br />
members.<br />
6. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
Move both MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />
7. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />
Turn the IGNITION SWITCHES to the OFF position to ground the<br />
magnetos, disabling the engine ignition system.<br />
8. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />
Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />
9. ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST<br />
(Above 78 KIAS, Runway Remaining)<br />
COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF<br />
CHECKLIST (Above 78 KIAS, Runway Remaining), verify that all items<br />
have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 133<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
134 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF FLOW<br />
(ABOVE 78 KIAS, NO RUNWAY REMAINING)<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To safely continue the takeoff after an engine fails after liftoff ABOVE<br />
78 KIAS with no runway remaining.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 135<br />
ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST<br />
(ABOVE 78 KIAS, NO RUNWAY REMAINING)<br />
Landing gear is UP, or in transit, and continuing the takeoff.<br />
WARNING<br />
In many combinations of aircraft weight, configuration, ambient<br />
conditions, and speed, negative climb performance may result.<br />
Refer to the <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> AFM, Chapter 5, CLIMB PERFORMANCE<br />
– ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE.<br />
1. AIRSPEED ..................................................... 90 KIAS /AS REQUIRED<br />
2. BANK ........................................ UP TO 5° INTO OPERATIVE ENGINE<br />
3. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS .................................. FULL FORWARD<br />
4. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS ..................................... FULL FORWARD<br />
5. THROTTLE LEVERS ................................................. FULL FORWARD<br />
6. GEAR SELECTOR ............................................................................ UP<br />
7. FLAPS ............................................................................................... UP<br />
8. FUEL PUMPS .................................................................................. ON<br />
9. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................. BOTH<br />
10. INOPERATIVE ENGINE ........................................................ IDENTIFY<br />
11. THROTTLE LEVER (Suspected Engine) .......................... VERIFY/IDLE<br />
12. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Inoperative Engine) .................. FEATHER<br />
13. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER (Inoperative Engine) ...... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
14. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM ................................ AS REQUIRED<br />
15. AIRPORT ................................................................................ RETURN<br />
Engine Securing Procedure (Time/Altitude Permitting):<br />
16. FUEL SELECTOR (Inoperative Engine) ......................................... OFF<br />
17. FUEL PUMP (Inoperative Engine) .................................................. OFF<br />
18. IGNITION SWITCH (Inoperative Engine) ....................................... OFF<br />
19. ALTERNATOR SWITCH (Inoperative Engine) ............................... OFF<br />
20. ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST (Above 78 KIAS,<br />
No Runway Remaining) ...................................................... COMPLETE<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
136 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
1. AIRSPEED 90 KIAS /AS REQUIRED<br />
Adjust pitch as necessary to establish a pitch attitude (just above the level<br />
flight pitch attitude) to achieve and maintain an AIRSPEED of 90 KIAS<br />
(V YSE ), or, AS REQUIRED, for best performance.<br />
NOTE<br />
In some cases, airspeeds below 90 KIAS may be needed to<br />
clear obstacles. Once all obstacles have been cleared,<br />
accelerate to 90 KIAS, or, as required, for best performance.<br />
2. BANK UP TO 5° INTO OPERATIVE ENGINE<br />
To establish a zero side-slip condition and provide the best climb<br />
performance, BANK UP TO 5° INTO the OPERATIVE ENGINE, with the<br />
Slip/Skid indicator bar (brick) indicating ½ of a bar-width toward the side of<br />
the operative engine.<br />
3. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />
Move both MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the FULL FORWARD (Full<br />
Rich) position.<br />
4. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />
Move both PROPELLER RPM LEVERS to the FULL FORWARD (High<br />
RPM) position.<br />
5. THROTTLE LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />
Move both THROTTLE LEVERS to the FULL FORWARD position.<br />
NOTE<br />
Approximately 73% of climb performance is lost during singleengine<br />
operations (at 3935 lbs.). Maximum power is required to<br />
achieve the best single-engine climb performance.<br />
6. GEAR SELECTOR UP<br />
Verify that the GEAR SELECTOR is in the UP position.<br />
7. FLAPS UP<br />
Verify that the FLAPS are in the UP position.<br />
8. FUEL PUMPS ON<br />
Verify that both FUEL PUMPS are in the ON position.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 137<br />
9. IGNITION SWITCHES BOTH<br />
Verify that the IGNITION SWITCHES are in the BOTH position.<br />
10. INOPERATIVE ENGINE IDENTIFY<br />
IDENTIFY the INOPERATIVE ENGINE by using the Dead Foot - Dead<br />
Engine method.<br />
11. THROTTLE LEVER (Suspected Engine) VERIFY/IDLE<br />
Move the THROTTLE LEVER of the Suspected inoperative Engine to the<br />
IDLE position to VERIFY that the correct engine has been identified (no<br />
change in yaw/no changes in rudder pressure).<br />
NOTE<br />
If the inoperative engine is found to be developing partial<br />
power, the decision whether to feather, or not, will need to be<br />
made.<br />
12. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Inoperative Engine) FEATHER<br />
Before the propeller stops rotating, move the PROPELLER RPM LEVER<br />
for the Inoperative Engine to the FEATHER position.<br />
NOTE<br />
The design of the propeller feathering system does not allow<br />
the feathering of a propeller that is not rotating. For this<br />
reason, It is very important that if a propeller is to be feathered,<br />
feathering must be accomplished before the propeller stops<br />
rotating.<br />
13. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER (Inoperative Engine) IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
Verify that the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER for the Inoperative Engine is<br />
in the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />
14. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM AS REQUIRED<br />
Adjust the ELEVATOR TRIM and the RUDDER TRIM, AS REQUIRED, to<br />
assist in maintaining control of the aircraft.<br />
15. AIRPORT RETURN<br />
RETURN to the departure AIRPORT as soon as practical.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
138 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
NOTE<br />
A turn to crosswind should not be attempted until reaching at<br />
least 500’ above field elevation.<br />
Engine Securing Procedure (Time/Altitude Permitting):<br />
NOTE<br />
Provided that the airplane is controllable and time permits,<br />
secure the inoperative engine. The P-I-C will make that<br />
decision based on all available information.<br />
16. FUEL SELECTOR (Inoperative Engine) OFF<br />
Place the FUEL SELECTOR for the Inoperative Engine in the OFF position.<br />
17. FUEL PUMP (Inoperative Engine) OFF<br />
Depress the FUEL PUMP switch for the Inoperative Engine to the OFF<br />
position.<br />
18. IGNITION SWITCH (Inoperative Engine) OFF<br />
Turn the IGNITION SWITCH for the Inoperative Engine to the OFF<br />
position.<br />
19. ALTERNATOR SWITCH (Inoperative Engine) OFF<br />
Place the ALTERNATOR SWITCH for the Inoperative Engine in the OFF<br />
position.<br />
20. ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST<br />
(ABOVE 78 KIAS, No Runway Remaining)<br />
COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the ENGINE FAILURE DURING TAKEOFF<br />
CHECKLIST (No Runway Remaining), verify that all items have been<br />
accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
NOTE<br />
Complete the ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE LANDING (page 147).<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 139<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
140 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
ENGINE FAILURE DURING FLIGHT FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To promptly identify, troubleshoot, and restart or shut down, as<br />
appropriate, an engine that has failed in flight while maintaining<br />
aircraft control.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 141<br />
ENGINE FAILURE DURING FLIGHT CHECKLIST<br />
1. ALTITUDE/AIRSPEED .................................................. MAINTAIN/ V YSE<br />
2. BANK ........................................ UP TO 5° INTO OPERATIVE ENGINE<br />
3. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS .................................. FULL FORWARD<br />
4. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS ...................................... FULL FORWARD<br />
5. THROTTLE LEVERS ................................................. FULL FORWARD<br />
6. GEAR SELECTOR ............................................................................ UP<br />
7. FLAPS ............................................................................................... UP<br />
8. INOPERATIVE ENGINE ........................................................ IDENTIFY<br />
9. THROTTLE (Suspected Engine) ...................................... VERIFY/IDLE<br />
If time/altitude permits, attempt a restart:<br />
10. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM ................................ AS REQUIRED<br />
11. AIRPORT .......................................................................... DETERMINE<br />
12. FUEL QUANTITY ...................................................................... CHECK<br />
13. FUEL SELECTOR (Inoperative Engine) .................. ON (CROSSFEED)<br />
14. ALTERNATE AIR ............................................................................. ON<br />
15. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER (Inoperative Engine) ... FULL FORWARD<br />
16. FUEL PUMP (Inoperative Engine) .................................................... ON<br />
17. IGNITION SWITCH (Inoperative Engine) ..................................... BOTH<br />
18. THROTTLE LEVER (Inoperative Engine) ............................. OPEN 1½”<br />
If the restart attempt fails, or if time/altitude does not permit a restart,<br />
secure the engine.<br />
Engine Securing Procedure (Time/Altitude Permitting):<br />
19. THROTTLE LEVER (Inoperative Engine) ....................................... IDLE<br />
20. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Inoperative Engine) .................. FEATHER<br />
21. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER (Inoperative Engine) ...... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
22. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM ................................ AS REQUIRED<br />
23. FUEL SELECTOR (Inoperative Engine) ......................................... OFF<br />
24. FUEL PUMP (Inoperative Engine) .................................................. OFF<br />
25. IGNITION SWITCH (Inoperative Engine) ....................................... OFF<br />
26. ALTERNATOR SWITCH (Inoperative Engine) ............................... OFF<br />
27. FUEL CROSSFEED ...................................................... AS REQUIRED<br />
28. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />
29. ENGINE FAILURE DURING FLIGHT CHECKLIST ............ COMPLETE<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
142 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
1. ALTITUDE/AIRSPEED MAINTAIN/ V YSE<br />
Maintain ALTITUDE and AIRSPEED (V YSE or as appropriate) for the best<br />
one engine inoperative performance.<br />
2. BANK UP TO 5° INTO OPERATIVE ENGINE<br />
To establish a zero side-slip condition and provide the best climb<br />
performance, BANK UP TO 5° INTO the OPERATIVE ENGINE, with the<br />
Slip/Skid indicator bar (brick) indicating ½ of a bar-width toward the side of<br />
the operative engine<br />
3. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />
Move both MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the FULL FORWARD (Full<br />
Rich) position.<br />
4. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />
Move both PROPELLER RPM LEVERS to the FULL FORWARD (High<br />
RPM) position.<br />
5. THROTTLE LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />
Move both THROTTLE LEVERS to the FULL FORWARD position.<br />
NOTE<br />
Approximately 73% of climb performance is lost during one<br />
engine inoperative operations (at 3935 lbs.). Maximum power<br />
on the operating engine is required to achieve the best singleengine<br />
climb performance.<br />
6. GEAR SELECTOR UP<br />
Verify that the GEAR SELECTOR is in the UP position.<br />
7. FLAPS UP<br />
Verify that the FLAPS are in the UP position.<br />
8. INOPERATIVE ENGINE IDENTIFY<br />
IDENTIFY the INOPERATIVE ENGINE by using the Dead Foot - Dead<br />
Engine method.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 143<br />
9. THROTTLE LEVER (Suspected Engine) VERIFY/IDLE<br />
VERIFY that suspected inoperative engine has been correctly identified by<br />
moving the THROTTLE LEVER for the Suspected Engine to the IDLE<br />
position. If correct, no change in yaw/rudder pressure should be<br />
experienced.<br />
If time/altitude permits, attempt a restart:<br />
10. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM AS REQUIRED<br />
Adjust the ELEVATOR TRIM and RUDDER TRIM, AS REQUIRED, to<br />
assist in maintaining control of the aircraft.<br />
11. AIRPORT DETERMINE<br />
DETERMINE the nearest suitable AIRPORT and turn in the direction of the<br />
airport in the event a landing may become necessary.<br />
12. FUEL QUANTITY CHECK<br />
CHECK the FUEL QUANTITY for the inoperative engine to ensure that the<br />
engine has a sufficient supply of fuel.<br />
13. FUEL SELECTOR (Inoperative Engine) ON (CROSSFEED)<br />
Verify that the FUEL SELECTOR is in the ON or CROSSFEED position, as<br />
required.<br />
14. ALTERNATE AIR ON<br />
If required, pull the ALTERNATE AIR Lever to the ON position.<br />
15. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER (Inoperative Engine)<br />
FULL FORWARD<br />
Verify that the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER for the Inoperative Engine is<br />
in the FULL FORWARD position.<br />
16. FUEL PUMP (Inoperative Engine) ON<br />
Depress the FUEL PUMP switch for the Inoperative Engine to the ON<br />
position and check the fuel flow.<br />
17. IGNITION SWITCH (Inoperative Engine) BOTH<br />
Verify that the IGNITION SWITCH for the Inoperative Engine is in the<br />
BOTH position.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
144 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
18. THROTTLE LEVER (Inoperative Engine) OPEN 1½”<br />
Set the THROTTLE LEVER for the Inoperative Engine OPEN 1½'' from the<br />
IDLE position.<br />
NOTE<br />
If the inoperative engine is found to be developing partial<br />
power, the decision whether to feather, or not, will need to be<br />
made.<br />
If a re-start fails, or if altitude does not permit a re-start, secure<br />
the engine.<br />
Engine Securing Procedure (Time/Altitude Permitting):<br />
19. THROTTLE LEVER (Inoperative Engine) IDLE<br />
Move the THROTTLE LEVER of the suspected Inoperative Engine to the<br />
IDLE position.<br />
CAUTION<br />
Pulling the GEAR HORN circuit breaker to silence the gear horn<br />
also removes power to the STICK LIMITER.<br />
NOTE<br />
The Throttle Lever may be advanced forward enough to silence<br />
the landing gear warning horn.<br />
20. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Inoperative Engine) FEATHER<br />
Before the propeller stops rotating, move the PROPELLER RPM LEVER<br />
for the Inoperative Engine to the FEATHER position.<br />
NOTE<br />
The design of the propeller feathering system does not allow<br />
the feathering of a propeller that is not rotating. For this<br />
reason, it is very important that if a propeller is to be feathered,<br />
feathering must be accomplished before the propeller stops<br />
rotating.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 145<br />
21. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER (Inoperative Engine)<br />
IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
Verify that the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER for the Inoperative Engine is<br />
in the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />
22. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM AS REQUIRED<br />
Adjust the ELEVATOR TRIM and RUDDER TRIM, AS REQUIRED, to<br />
assist in maintaining control of the aircraft.<br />
23. FUEL SELECTOR (Inoperative Engine) OFF<br />
Place the FUEL SELECTOR for the Inoperative Engine in the OFF position.<br />
24. FUEL PUMP (Inoperative Engine) OFF<br />
Depress the FUEL PUMP switch for the Inoperative Engine to the OFF<br />
position.<br />
25. IGNITION SWITCH (Inoperative Engine) OFF<br />
Turn the IGNITION SWITCH for the Inoperative Engine to the OFF<br />
position.<br />
26. ALTERNATOR SWITCH (Inoperative Engine) OFF<br />
Place ALTERNATOR SWITCH for the Inoperative Engine in the OFF<br />
position.<br />
27. FUEL CROSSFEED AS REQUIRED<br />
Verify that the fuel selector for the inoperative engine is in the OFF position.<br />
Move the FUEL selector for the operative engine to the CROSSFEED<br />
position, AS REQUIRED, to extend range or keep fuel weight balanced<br />
during one engine inoperative operations.<br />
NOTE<br />
Do not operate with both fuel selectors in the CROSSFEED<br />
position.<br />
The remaining fuel in the tank of the failed engine may be used<br />
for the operating engine. To extend the range and maintain<br />
lateral balance set the operating engine Fuel Selector in the<br />
CROSSFEED position.<br />
Aircraft performance data will not be valid if the inoperative<br />
engine propeller has not been feathered before its rotation has<br />
stopped.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
146 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
28. AIRPORT LAND<br />
LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as practical.<br />
29. ENGINE FAILURE DURING FLIGHT CHECKLIST<br />
COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the ENGINE FAILURE DURING FLIGHT CHECKLIST,<br />
verify that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />
COMPLETE.<br />
NOTE<br />
Complete the ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE LANDING<br />
CHECKLIST (page 147).<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 147<br />
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE LANDING CHECKLIST<br />
1. INOPERATIVE ENGINE ....................................................... SECURED<br />
2. APPROACH BRIEFING ..................................................... COMPLETE<br />
3. SEATBELTS/HARNESSES .............................................................. ON<br />
4. FUEL SELECTOR (Operative Engine) .................... ON (CROSSFEED)<br />
5. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER (Operative Engine) .................................<br />
..................................................................FULL FORWARD (Full Rich)<br />
6. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Operative Engine) .......... FULL FORWARD<br />
7. FUEL PUMP (Operative Engine) ...................................................... ON<br />
8. GEAR WARNING HORN ............................................................. TEST<br />
9. ALTITUDE/AIRSPEED .................... NORMAL APPROACH/ V YSE+10 KIAS<br />
When landing is assured:<br />
10. GEAR SELECTOR ..................................................................... DOWN<br />
11. FLAPS ........................................................................... AS REQUIRED<br />
12. FINAL APPROACH SPEED ...................................................... 85 KIAS<br />
13. THROTTLE LEVER (Operative Engine) .................. SLOWLY REDUCE<br />
14. RUDDER TRIM ........................................................................ ADJUST<br />
15. ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE LANDING CHECKLIST ...... COMPLETE<br />
1. INOPERATIVE ENGINE SECURED<br />
Verify that the INOPERATIVE ENGINE is SECURED.<br />
2. APPROACH BRIEFING COMPLETE<br />
COMPLETE the APPROACH BRIEFING as appropriate.<br />
3. SEATBELTS/HARNESSES ON<br />
Ensure that all occupant(s’) SEATBELTS and shoulder HARNESSES, if<br />
applicable, are ON and adjusted (per 14 CFR Part 91.107).<br />
4. FUEL SELECTOR (Operative Engine) ON (CROSSFEED)<br />
Verify that the FUEL SELECTOR for the Operative Engine is in the ON or<br />
CROSSFEED position, as required.<br />
5. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER (Operative Engine)<br />
FULL FORWARD (Full Rich)<br />
Move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER for the Operative Engine to the<br />
FULL FORWARD (Full Rich) position.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
148 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
6. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Operative Engine) FULL FORWARD<br />
Ensure that the PROPELLER RPM LEVER for the Operative Engine is in<br />
the FULL FORWARD position.<br />
7. FUEL PUMP (Operative Engine) ON<br />
Verify that the FUEL PUMP for the Operative Engine is ON.<br />
8. GEAR WARNING HORN TEST<br />
Check the GEAR WARNING HORN function by pressing and holding the<br />
TEST button to verify the aural tone and indication lights.<br />
9. ALTITUDE/AIRSPEED NORMAL APPROACH/ V YSE+10 KIAS<br />
Maintain an AIRSPEED of 100 KIAS (V YSE+10 KIAS ) and adjust ALTITUDE as<br />
necessary to prepare for a NORMAL APPROACH and landing.<br />
WARNING<br />
Under some conditions of loading and density altitude, a goaround<br />
may be impossible. A one engine inoperative goaround<br />
should be avoided if at all possible. In any event, the<br />
sudden application of power during a one engine inoperative<br />
operation will make control of the airplane more difficult.<br />
When landing is assured:<br />
10. GEAR SELECTOR DOWN<br />
Place the GEAR SELECTOR in the DOWN position. Visually check for the<br />
3 GREEN indicator lights. Visually check the external engine nacelle mirror<br />
to confirm that the nose gear is extended.<br />
11. FLAPS AS REQUIRED<br />
When landing is assured, below V FE (111 KIAS) extend the FLAPS to APP<br />
or LDG position, AS REQUIRED.<br />
NOTE<br />
One-Engine Inoperative approaches for landing with flap<br />
settings of more than Flaps up are not recommended unless<br />
the safe landing is assured. Higher flap settings increase the<br />
loss of altitude during the transition to a One-Engine<br />
Inoperative Go-around / Rejected (Balked) Landing.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 149<br />
NOTE<br />
No flap landing with power will have reduced elevator travel due<br />
to limiter being engaged above 14.5 inches MP.<br />
12. FINAL APPROACH SPEED 85 KIAS<br />
Maintain a FINAL APPROACH SPEED of 85 KIAS during the approach to<br />
the roundout.<br />
13. THROTTLE LEVER (Operative Engine) SLOWLY REDUCE<br />
Adjust the THROTTLE LEVER for the Operative Engine to SLOWLY<br />
REDUCE the power during the landing.<br />
14. RUDDER TRIM ADJUST<br />
ADJUST the RUDDER TRIM, as necessary, to assist in maintaining<br />
directional control throughout the approach and landing.<br />
15. ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE LANDING CHECKLIST<br />
COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE LANDING<br />
CHECKLIST, verify that all items have been accomplished and that the<br />
checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
150 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE GO-AROUND FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To safely perform a go-around maneuver with one engine inoperative.<br />
A one engine inoperative go-around should be avoided if at all<br />
possible.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 151<br />
ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE GO-AROUND CHECKLIST<br />
CAUTION<br />
A one engine inoperative go-around should be avoided if at all<br />
possible. This procedure is not an approved maneuver to be<br />
conducted at <strong>ERAU</strong>.<br />
When initiating a go-around:<br />
1. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER .................................... FULL FORWARD<br />
2. PROPELLER RPM LEVER ........................................ FULL FORWARD<br />
3. THROTTLE LEVER .................................................... FULL FORWARD<br />
4. FLAPS ............................................................................................... UP<br />
5. GEAR SELECTOR ............................................................................ UP<br />
6. AIRSPEED ..................................................... 90 KIAS /AS REQUIRED<br />
7. ELEVATOR TRIM/RUDDER TRIM ................................ AS REQUIRED<br />
If a positive rate of climb is not established:<br />
8. FUEL SELECTORS ....................................................................... OFF<br />
9. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
10. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................... OFF<br />
11. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />
12. ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE GO-AROUND CHECKLIST ....................<br />
.................................................................................................. COMPLETE<br />
When initiating a go-around:<br />
1. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER FULL FORWARD<br />
Verify that the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER for the operating engine is in<br />
the FULL FORWARD position.<br />
2. PROPELLER RPM CONTROL FULL FORWARD<br />
Verify that the PROPELLER RPM LEVER for the operating engine is in the<br />
FULL FORWARD position.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
152 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
3. THROTTLE LEVER FULL FORWARD<br />
SMOOTHLY ADVANCE the THROTTLE LEVER for the operating engine<br />
to the FULL FORWARD position while applying sufficient rudder pressure<br />
to maintain aircraft directional control.<br />
4. FLAPS UP<br />
Retract the FLAPS slowly to the UP position to reduce drag and improve<br />
climb performance.<br />
5. GEAR SELECTOR UP<br />
After a positive climb is achieved, place the GEAR SELECTOR in the UP<br />
position to retract the landing gear. When appropriate, call out, “Gear Up,<br />
NO LIGHTS” to indicate that the landing gear has completed its retraction.<br />
NOTE<br />
Waiting until a positive climb is achieved prior to retracting the<br />
landing gear is important because, with the possibility that the<br />
airplane could contact the ground during the go-around, the<br />
landing gear will help to absorb the impact.<br />
6. AIRSPEED 90 KIAS /AS REQUIRED<br />
Adjust pitch attitude to maintain an AIRSPEED of 90 KIAS, or AS<br />
REQUIRED, until clearing obstacles. Bank up to 5° into the operating<br />
engine to help establish best climb performance<br />
7. ELEVATOR TRIM /RUDDER TRIM AS REQUIRED<br />
Adjust the ELEVATOR TRIM / RUDDER TRIM, AS REQUIRED, to assist in<br />
maintaining directional control throughout the climb out.<br />
NOTE<br />
If a positive rate of climb cannot be established, land so as to<br />
keep clear of obstacles with the landing gear extended.<br />
If time allows, the following steps can reduce the risk of fire in<br />
an event of collision with obstacles after touchdown:<br />
8. FUEL SELECTORS OFF<br />
Place both FUEL SELECTORS in the OFF position to stop the flow of fuel<br />
to the engines and reduce the possibility of fire and injury to the crew<br />
members.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 153<br />
9. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
Move both MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />
10. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />
Turn the IGNITION SWITCHES to the OFF position to ground the<br />
magnetos, disabling the engine ignition system.<br />
11. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />
Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />
12. ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE GO-AROUND CHECKLIST<br />
COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE GO-AROUND<br />
CHECKLIST, verify that all items have been accomplished and that the<br />
checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
154 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
ENGINE FIRE ON GROUND FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To promptly extinguish an engine fire on the ground.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 155<br />
ENGINE FIRE ON GROUND CHECKLIST<br />
1. FUEL SELECTORS ....................................................................... OFF<br />
2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER ....................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
3. THROTTLE LEVER .................................................... FULL FORWARD<br />
4. IGNITION SWITCH ..........................................................START (OFF)<br />
After the engine has stopped:<br />
5. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST ....................................................... OFF<br />
6. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />
7. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................... OFF<br />
8. CANOPY ..................................................................................... OPEN<br />
9. AIRPLANE ......................................................................... EVACUATE<br />
10. ENGINE FIRE ON GROUND CHECKLIST ........................... COMPLETE<br />
1. FUEL SELECTORS OFF<br />
Place the FUEL SELECTORS in the OFF position.<br />
2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
Move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER of the affected engine to the IDLE<br />
CUT-OFF position.<br />
3. THROTTLE LEVER FULL FORWARD<br />
Move the THROTTLE LEVER of the affected engine to the FULL<br />
FORWARD position.<br />
4. IGNITION SWITCH START (OFF)<br />
If an engine fire develops during engine start, continue engaging the starter<br />
by keeping the respective IGNITION SWITCH in the START position, or<br />
OFF if attempting to start the engine is no longer necessary.<br />
NOTE<br />
If the engine starts, continue its operation to ingest the fire into<br />
the engine and extinguish the flames. Once the fire has been<br />
extinguished, shut down all engines and have Fleet<br />
Maintenance inspect the affected engine. If the fire continues,<br />
shut down both engines and evacuate the aircraft.<br />
5. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST OFF<br />
Move the CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST levers to the OFF position.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
156 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
6. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />
Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />
7. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />
Turn the IGNITION SWITCHES to the OFF position.<br />
8. CANOPY OPEN<br />
Unlatch the CANOPY handle and push OPEN.<br />
9. AIRPLANE EVACUATE<br />
EVACUATE the AIRPLANE and seek help in extinguishing the fire. Do not<br />
attempt to fight the fire alone. It is safer for the flight crew and passengers<br />
to get professional firefighting personnel to fight the fire.<br />
10. ENGINE FIRE ON GROUND CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the ENGINE FIRE ON GROUND CHECKLIST, verify<br />
that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />
COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 157<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
158 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
ENGINE FIRE DURING TAKEOFF FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To promptly extinguish an engine fire after an aborted takeoff.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 159<br />
ENGINE FIRE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVERS ..................................................................... IDLE<br />
2. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST ....................................................... OFF<br />
3. BRAKES ........................................................................ AS REQUIRED<br />
After stopping:<br />
4. FUEL SELECTORS ....................................................................... OFF<br />
5. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
6. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) ....................... FULL FORWARD<br />
7. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />
When the engine has stopped:<br />
8. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................... OFF<br />
9. CANOPY ..................................................................................... OPEN<br />
10. AIRPLANE ......................................................................... EVACUATE<br />
11. ENGINE FIRE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST ............... COMPLETE<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVERS IDLE<br />
At the first indication of engine fire or smoke, promptly move the<br />
THROTTLE LEVERS to the IDLE position to abort the takeoff.<br />
2. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST OFF<br />
Move the CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST levers to the OFF position.<br />
3. BRAKES AS REQUIRED<br />
Apply BRAKES AS REQUIRED, stopping straight ahead on the remaining<br />
runway.<br />
After stopping:<br />
4. FUEL SELECTORS OFF<br />
Place the FUEL SELECTORS in the OFF position.<br />
5. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
Move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
160 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
6. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) FULL FORWARD<br />
Move the THROTTLE LEVER of the Affected Engine to the FULL<br />
FORWARD position.<br />
7. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />
Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />
When the engine has stopped:<br />
8. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />
Turn the IGNITION SWITCHES to the OFF position.<br />
9. CANOPY OPEN<br />
Unlatch the CANOPY handle and push the canopy OPEN.<br />
10. AIRPLANE EVACUATE<br />
EVACUATE the AIRPLANE and seek help in extinguishing the fire. Do not<br />
attempt to fight the fire alone. It is safer for the flight crew and passengers<br />
to get professional firefighting personnel to fight the fire.<br />
11. ENGINE FIRE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the ENGINE FIRE DURING TAKEOFF CHECKLIST,<br />
verify that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />
COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 161<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
162 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To promptly extinguish an engine fire occurring in flight.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 163<br />
ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT CHECKLIST<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) ........................................... IDLE<br />
2. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Affected Engine) ....................... FEATHER<br />
3. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER (Affected Engine) ........... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
4. FUEL SELECTOR (Affected Engine) ............................................. OFF<br />
5. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST ....................................................... OFF<br />
6. FUEL PUMP (Affected Engine) ...................................................... OFF<br />
7. IGNITION SWITCH (Affected Engine) ............................................ OFF<br />
8. ALTERNATOR SWITCH (Affected Engine) .................................... OFF<br />
9. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />
10. ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT CHECKLIST ............................. COMPLETE<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) IDLE<br />
Move the THROTTLE LEVER for the Affected Engine to the IDLE position.<br />
2. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Affected Engine) FEATHER<br />
Move the PROPELLER RPM LEVER for the Affected Engine to the<br />
FEATHER position.<br />
3. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER (Affected Engine) IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
Move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER for the Affected Engine to the IDLE<br />
CUT-OFF position.<br />
4. FUEL SELECTOR (Affected Engine) OFF<br />
Place the FUEL SELECTOR for the Affected Engine in the OFF position.<br />
5. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST OFF<br />
Move the CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST levers to the OFF position.<br />
6. FUEL PUMP (Affected Engine) OFF<br />
Depress the FUEL PUMP switch for the Affected Engine to the OFF<br />
position.<br />
7. IGNITION SWITCH (Affected Engine) OFF<br />
Turn the IGNITION SWITCH for the Affected Engine to the OFF position.<br />
8. ALTERNATOR SWITCH (Affected Engine) OFF<br />
Place the ALTERNATOR SWITCH for the Affected Engine in the OFF<br />
position.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
164 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
CAUTION<br />
In the event of the development of an extreme amount of<br />
smoke, the front canopy may be unlatched during flight. This<br />
will allow the canopy to open partially in order to improve<br />
ventilation. The canopy will remain open in this position. Flight<br />
characteristics will not be affected significantly.<br />
The maximum demonstrated airspeed for emergency opening<br />
the front canopy in flight is 120 KIAS. Do not exceed 120 KIAS.<br />
9. AIRPORT LAND<br />
LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as practical.<br />
10. ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the ENGINE FIRE IN FLIGHT CHECKLIST, verify that<br />
all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
NOTE<br />
Complete the ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE LANDING<br />
CHECKLIST (page 147).<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 165<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
166 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
ELECTRICAL FIRE ON GROUND FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To safely extinguish an electrical fire occurring on the ground.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 167<br />
ELECTRICAL FIRE ON GROUND CHECKLIST<br />
1. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />
If one or both engines are running:<br />
2. THROTTLE LEVERS ..................................................................... IDLE<br />
3. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
4. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................... OFF<br />
5. CANOPY ..................................................................................... OPEN<br />
6. AIRPLANE ......................................................................... EVACUATE<br />
NOTE<br />
If the fire persists, obtain the portable fire extinguisher<br />
(located behind Co-Pilot seat) and extinguish, if practical.<br />
7. ELECTRIC FIRE ON GROUND CHECKLIST ..................... COMPLETE<br />
1. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />
Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />
If one or both engines are running:<br />
2. THROTTLE LEVERS IDLE<br />
Move both THROTTLE LEVERS to the IDLE position.<br />
3. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
Move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />
4. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />
Turn the IGNITION SWITCHES to the OFF position.<br />
5. CANOPY OPEN<br />
Unlatch the CANOPY handle and push the canopy OPEN.<br />
NOTE<br />
If the fire persists, obtain the portable fire extinguisher (located<br />
behind Co-Pilot seat) and extinguish, if practical.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
168 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
6. AIRPLANE EVACUATE<br />
EVACUATE the AIRPLANE and seek help in extinguishing the fire. Do not<br />
attempt to fight the fire alone. It is safer for the flight crew and passengers<br />
to get professional firefighting personnel to fight the fire.<br />
7. ELECTRICAL FIRE ON GROUND CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the ELECTRICAL FIRE ON GROUND CHECKLIST,<br />
verify that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />
COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 169<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
170 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
ELECTRIC FIRE IN FLIGHT FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To promptly extinguish electric fire occurring in flight.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 171<br />
ELECTRICAL FIRE IN FLIGHT CHECKLIST<br />
1. HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH .................................................. ON<br />
2. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />
3. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />
4. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST ....................................................... OFF<br />
5. EMERGENCY WINDOWS ............................................ AS REQUIRED<br />
NOTE<br />
If the fire persists, obtain the portable fire extinguisher<br />
(located behind Co-Pilot seat) and extinguish, if practical.<br />
6. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />
7. ELECTRIC FIRE IN FLIGHT CHECKLIST ......................... COMPLETE<br />
1. HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH ON<br />
Remove the seal wire and place the HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH in<br />
the ON position.<br />
2. AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />
Depress the AVIONICS MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />
3. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />
Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />
CAUTION<br />
Depressing the Electric Master Switch to the OFF position will<br />
shut down all electric equipment and cause the Landing Gear to<br />
extend. With the Horizon Emergency Switch ON, the<br />
emergency battery will supply power to the Standby Attitude<br />
Indicator and the Flood Light.<br />
In the event of the development of an extreme amount of<br />
smoke, the front canopy may be unlatched during flight. This<br />
will allow the canopy to open partially in order to improve<br />
ventilation. The canopy will remain open in this position. Flight<br />
characteristics will not be affected significantly.<br />
The maximum demonstrated airspeed for emergency opening<br />
the front canopy in flight is 120 KIAS. Do not exceed 120 KIAS.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
172 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
4. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST OFF<br />
Move the CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST levers to the OFF position.<br />
5. EMERGENCY WINDOWS AS REQUIRED<br />
If the fire has been extinguished, open the EMERGENCY WINDOWS of<br />
the aircraft, AS REQUIRED.<br />
6. AIRPORT LAND<br />
LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as practical.<br />
7. ELECTRICAL FIRE IN FLIGHT CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the ELECTRICAL FIRE IN FLIGHT CHECKLIST, verify<br />
that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />
COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 173<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
174 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
EMERGENCY EXIT FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To safely evacuate the aircraft during a ground emergency.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 175<br />
EMERGENCY EXIT CHECKLIST<br />
1. CANOPY ..................................................................................... OPEN<br />
2. REAR DOOR .............................................................................. OPEN<br />
3. AIRPLANE ......................................................................... EVACUATE<br />
4. EMERGENCY EXIT CHECKLIST ...................................... COMPLETE<br />
1. CANOPY OPEN<br />
Unlatch the forward CANOPY handle and push the CANOPY up to the<br />
OPEN position.<br />
2. REAR DOOR OPEN<br />
Unlatch the REAR passenger DOOR handle and OPEN the DOOR.<br />
CAUTION<br />
In case of a roll over the airplane on the ground, the rear side<br />
door can be used as an exit. For this purpose unlock the front<br />
hinge of the rear side door. The function is displayed on a<br />
placard besides the hinge.<br />
3. AIRPLANE EVACUATE<br />
EVACUATE the AIRPLANE and seek assistance.<br />
4. EMERGENCY EXIT CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the EMERGENCY EXIT CHECKLIST, verify that all<br />
items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
176 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
STARTER MALFUNCTION FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To respond immediately to a G1000 “Starter” Warning.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 177<br />
STARTER MALFUNCTION CHECKLIST<br />
If the starter does not disengage from the engine after starting<br />
(starter warning message “LH/RH STARTER” on the G1000<br />
remains illuminated or flashing after the engine has started):<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVER ........................................................................ IDLE<br />
2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER ....................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
3. IGNITION SWITCH ........................................................................ OFF<br />
4. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />
5. STARTER MALFUNCTION CHECKLIST ........................... COMPLETE<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVER IDLE<br />
Move the THROTTLE LEVER of the affected side to the IDLE position.<br />
2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
Move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER of the affected side to the IDLE<br />
CUT-OFF position.<br />
3. IGNITION SWITCH OFF<br />
Turn the IGNITION SWITCH of the affected side to the OFF position.<br />
4. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />
Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />
5. STARTER MALFUNCTION CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the STARTER MALFUNCTION CHECKLIST, verify<br />
that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />
COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
178 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
EMERGENCY DESCENT FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To descend as rapidly as possible to a lower altitude, or to the<br />
ground, for an emergency landing.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 179<br />
EMERGENCY DESCENT CHECKLIST<br />
1. LANDING GEAR ........................................................................ DOWN<br />
2. THROTTLE LEVERS ..................................................................... IDLE<br />
3. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS ...................................... FULL FORWARD<br />
4. FLAPS ............................................................................................... UP<br />
5. AIRSPEED .................................................................... AS REQUIRED<br />
Maximum Structural Cruising Speed VNO = 155 KIAS<br />
Never Exceed Speed in Smooth-Air VNE = 194 KIAS<br />
6. EMERGENCY DESCENT CHECKLIST ............................. COMPLETE<br />
CAUTION<br />
An excessive cooling rate may occur when the engine is very<br />
hot and the Throttle Lever is reduced abruptly in a fast descent.<br />
This will be indicated by a flashing Cylinder Head Temperature<br />
indication.<br />
1. LANDING GEAR DOWN<br />
Ensure that the airspeed is below 156 KIAS and place the LANDING GEAR<br />
in the DOWN position to increase drag and rate of descent.<br />
2. THROTTLE LEVERS IDLE<br />
Move the THROTTLE LEVERS smoothly to the IDLE position.<br />
3. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS FULL FORWARD<br />
Carefully, move the PROPELLER RPM LEVERS to the FULL FWD position<br />
to increase drag.<br />
4. FLAPS UP<br />
Ensure FLAPS switch is in the UP position to avoid exceeding aircraft<br />
limitation in the descent.<br />
5. AIRSPEED AS REQUIRED<br />
Increase AIRSPEED by applying forward pressure on the control stick AS<br />
REQUIRED.<br />
6. EMERGENCY DESCENT CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the EMERGENCY DESCENT CHECKLIST verify that<br />
all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
180 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
CABIN CARBON MONOXIDE CONTAMINATION FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To terminate the flight and land safely after encountering cabin<br />
carbon monoxide contamination.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 181<br />
CABIN CARBON MONOXIDE CONTAMINATION<br />
CHECKLIST<br />
The red CO ALERT annunciator will illuminate.<br />
1. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST .......................................................... OFF<br />
2. VENTILATION ............................................................................... OPEN<br />
3. EMERGENCY WINDOWS............................................................. OPEN<br />
4. FORWARD CANOPY .................................................................... OPEN<br />
5. AIRPORT ....................................................................................... LAND<br />
6. CABIN CARBON MONOXIDE CONTAMINATION CHECKLIST ...............<br />
.................................................................................................. COMPLETE<br />
1. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST OFF<br />
Move the CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST levers to the OFF position.<br />
2. CABIN VENTS OPEN<br />
OPEN the cabin VENTS to circulate fresh air into the cabin.<br />
3. EMERGENCY WINDOWS OPEN<br />
OPEN the EMERGENCY WINDOWS.<br />
4. FORWARD CANOPY OPEN<br />
Unlatch and OPEN the CANOPY, locking it in Cooling-Gap position.<br />
CAUTION<br />
The maximum demonstrated airspeed for emergency opening<br />
the front canopy in flight is 120 KIAS. Do not exceed 120 KIAS.<br />
5. AIRPORT LAND<br />
LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as practical.<br />
6. CABIN CARBON MONOXIDE CONTAMINATION CHECKLIST<br />
COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the CABIN CARBON MONOXIDE CONTAMINATION<br />
CHECKLIST, verify that all items have been accomplished and that the<br />
checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
182 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
UNINTENTIONAL FLIGHT INTO ICING CONDITIONS<br />
FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To safely depart an area of icing conditions.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 183<br />
UNINTENTIONAL FLIGHT INTO ICING CONDITIONS<br />
CHECKLIST<br />
Leave icing area immediately for higher ambient temperature.<br />
1. AUTOPILOT ..................................................................... DISENGAGE<br />
2. PITOT HEAT .................................................................................... ON<br />
3. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST ......................................................... ON<br />
4. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS ............................................... INCREASE<br />
5. ALTERNATE AIR ............................................................................. ON<br />
6. EMERGENCY WINDOWS/VENTS ............................... AS REQUIRED<br />
NOTE<br />
Advise ATC of flight conditions, intentions, and if an<br />
emergency is expected.<br />
If the Pitot Heating fails or faulty indications observed:<br />
7. ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE ................................................. OPEN<br />
8. EMERGENCY WINDOWS/VENTS ............................................CLOSE<br />
CAUTION<br />
Ice build-up increases stalling speeds. Leave the icing area<br />
immediately and consider an alternate altitude and flight path<br />
for a higher ambient temperature.<br />
9. UNINTENTIONAL FLIGHT INTO ICING CONDITIONS CHECKLIST .....<br />
.................................................................................................. COMPLETE<br />
1. AUTOPILOT DISENGAGE<br />
Grasp the control stick and press AP DISC switch to DISENGAGE the<br />
AUTOPILOT and Re-Trim as required.<br />
2. PITOT HEAT ON<br />
Depress the PITOT HEAT switch to the ON position.<br />
3. CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST ON<br />
Move the CABIN HEAT AND DEFROST levers to the ON position.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
184 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
4. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS INCREASE<br />
INCREASE PROPELLER RPM by adjusting the LEVERS position to<br />
prevent ice build-up on the propeller blades.<br />
5. ALTERNATE AIR ON<br />
Pull the ALTERNATE AIR lever to the ON position.<br />
6. EMERGENCY WINDOWS/VENTS AS REQUIRED<br />
Open the EMERGENCY WINDOWS/VENTS of the aircraft, AS<br />
REQUIRED, to improve visibility.<br />
NOTE<br />
Advise ATC of flight conditions, intentions, and if an emergency<br />
is expected.<br />
If the Pitot Heating fails or faulty indications are observed:<br />
7. ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE OPEN<br />
Place the ALTERNATE STATIC SOURCE switch in the OPEN position.<br />
8. EMERGENCY WINDOWS/VENTS CLOSE<br />
CLOSE the EMERGENCY WINDOWS and cockpit VENTS to prevent<br />
inaccurate indications when using the Alternate Static Source.<br />
CAUTION<br />
Ice build-up increases stalling speeds. Leave the icing area<br />
immediately and consider an alternate altitude and flight path<br />
for a higher ambient temperature.<br />
9. UNINTENTIONAL FLIGHT INTO ICING CONDITIONS CHECKLIST<br />
COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the UNINTENTIONAL FLIGHT INTO ICING<br />
CONDITIONS CHECKLIST, verify that all items have been accomplished<br />
and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 185<br />
(This page intentionally left blank)<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
186 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
UNINTENTIONAL SPIN RECOVERY FLOW<br />
OBJECTIVE:<br />
To attempt recovery after entering into a spin. Because FAA<br />
regulations do not require spin demonstrations of multi-engine<br />
airplanes, spin tests have not been conducted.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 187<br />
UNINTENTIONAL SPIN RECOVERY CHECKLIST<br />
WARNING<br />
Intentional spins are prohibited in this airplane. In the event a<br />
spin is encountered unintentionally, immediate recovery<br />
actions must be taken. Single-engine stalls are prohibited.<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVERS ..................................................................... IDLE<br />
2. RUDDER .......................... FULL OPPOSITE TO DIRECTION OF SPIN<br />
3. AILERONS ............................................................................ NEUTRAL<br />
4. ELEVATOR ............................................................. FULLY FORWARD<br />
5. FLAPS ............................................................................................... UP<br />
When rotation has stopped:<br />
6. RUDDER ............................................................................... NEUTRAL<br />
7. ELEVATOR ............................................................. PULL CAREFULLY<br />
CAUTION<br />
Steps 1 through 5 must be accomplished immediately and<br />
simultaneously.<br />
8. UNINTENTIONAL SPIN RECOVERY CHECKLIST............ COMPLETE<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVERS IDLE<br />
Promptly move the THROTTLE LEVERS to the IDLE position to prevent<br />
aggravating the spin characteristics.<br />
2. RUDDER FULL OPPOSITE TO DIRECTION OF SPIN<br />
Apply FULL RUDDER in the OPPOSITE DIRECTION OF the SPIN to stop<br />
the rotation.<br />
3. AILERONS NEUTRAL<br />
Ensure that the AILERONS are in the NEUTRAL position. Ailerons<br />
positioned other than in the Neutral position may aggravate the spin,<br />
making recovery impossible.<br />
4. ELEVATOR FULLY FORWARD<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
188 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
Move the ELEVATOR control stick FULLY FORWARD to reduce the critical<br />
angle of attack and break the stall.<br />
5. FLAPS UP<br />
Ensure FLAPS are in the UP position to avoid exceeding aircraft limitations.<br />
When rotation has stopped:<br />
6. RUDDER NEUTRAL<br />
When the spin rotation stops, ensure that the RUDDER is in the NEUTRAL<br />
position (with no left or right rudder input).<br />
7. ELEVATOR PULL CAREFULLY<br />
PULL the ELEVATOR control stick CAREFULLY to recover from the<br />
resulting dive. Monitor airspeed so as not to exceed aircraft limitations<br />
during the recovery.<br />
8. UNINTENTIONAL SPIN RECOVERY CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the UNINTENTIONAL SPIN RECOVERY CHECKLIST<br />
verify that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />
COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 189<br />
LANDING GEAR SYSTEM MALFUNCTION CHECKLIST<br />
Red WARN GEAR UNSAFE light illuminates:<br />
The landing gear is in neither the final up or down-and-locked position<br />
(in transit).<br />
Gear Selector in the UP position, and loss of hydraulic pressure<br />
prevents keeping the landing gear in the fully-retracted (UP) position<br />
(check electric load and nacelle mirrors for the nose gear position).<br />
GEAR circuit breaker is pulled.<br />
Gear Warning Horn sounds:<br />
The landing gear is not down-and-locked, and the MP is below 14” on<br />
one or both engines.<br />
The Gear Selector is in the UP position, and the Flaps are in the LDG<br />
position.<br />
NOTE<br />
If the landing gear fails to retract or an unsafe indication<br />
continues after landing gear retraction, return the landing<br />
GEAR SELECTOR to the DOWN position.<br />
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RE-CYCLE THE GEAR SELECTOR.<br />
Contact <strong>ERAU</strong> Flight Ops (123.30 MHz) before taking any other<br />
action.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
190 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
MANUAL EXTENSION OF LANDING GEAR<br />
CHECKLIST<br />
NOTE<br />
When operating in the KDAB area, do not initiate this procedure<br />
until <strong>ERAU</strong> Flight Operations and Fleet Maintenance have been<br />
notified. Before initiating this procedure, proceed to a safe<br />
holding area, or request radar vectors from ATC.<br />
NOTE<br />
In case of a failure of the electrically-driven hydraulic gear<br />
pump which is driving the landing gear actuators, the landing<br />
gear can be extended manually at speeds up to 156 KIAS (113<br />
in cold air). The manual extension of the landing gear may take<br />
up to 20 seconds.<br />
Before extending the landing gear manually:<br />
1. INSTRUMENTS LIGHT .................................................................. OFF<br />
2. GEAR HORN/LIGHTS .................................................................. TEST<br />
3. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ........................................... VERIFY ON<br />
4. ALTERNATORS / LH MAIN BUS VOLTAGE ....................... ON/CHECK<br />
5. CIRCUIT BREAKER ............................................................. CHECK IN<br />
If the landing gear does not check down and locked:<br />
6. GEAR SELECTOR ................................................................... DOWN<br />
7. MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION HANDLE ............................ PULL OUT<br />
NOTE<br />
If one or more landing gear indicator lights fail to illuminate<br />
(gear down-and-locked indication), reduce airspeed below 110<br />
KIAS and apply moderate yawing and pitching to assist in<br />
bringing the landing gear into the locked position.<br />
8. GEAR INDICATOR LIGHTS ................................... CHECK/3 GREEN<br />
NOTE<br />
If the landing gear is correctly extended and locked, as<br />
indicated by the three green lights<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 191<br />
9. MANUAL EXTENSION OF LANDING GEAR CHECKLIST .......................<br />
.................................................................................................. COMPLETE<br />
Before extending the landing gear manually:<br />
1. INSTRUMENTS LIGHT OFF<br />
Verify that the INSTRUMENT LIGHTS knob is turned to the OFF position to<br />
prevent dimming the landing gear position lights.<br />
2. GEAR WARNING LIGHTS/HORN TEST<br />
Check the GEAR WARNING LIGHTS/HORN function by pressing and<br />
holding the TEST button to verify the aural tone and indication lights.<br />
3. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ON<br />
Verify that the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH is in the ON position.<br />
4. ALTERNATORS / LH MAIN BUS VOLTAGE ON/CHECK<br />
Verify that the ALTERNATORS are ON and CHECK the LH MAIN BUS<br />
VOLTAGE (25.1-30V).<br />
5. CIRCUIT BREAKERS CHECK IN<br />
CHECK that the GEAR CIRCUIT BREAKERS are IN. Do not reset a<br />
popped circuit breaker more than one time to avoid the possibility of an<br />
electrical fire.<br />
If the landing gear does not check down and locked:<br />
6. GEAR SELECTOR DOWN<br />
Verify that the landing GEAR SELECTOR is in the DOWN position.<br />
7. MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION HANDLE PULL OUT<br />
Below 156 KIAS (113 KIAS in cold air below 0°C), PULL OUT the MANUAL<br />
GEAR EXTENSION HANDLE.<br />
NOTE<br />
The landing gear should now be extended by gravity and relief<br />
of hydraulic pressure from the system. If one or more landing<br />
gear indicator lights do not indicate the gear down and locked,<br />
reduce airspeed below 110 KIAS and apply moderate yawing<br />
and pitching to assist in bringing the landing gear into the<br />
locked position.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
192 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
8. GEAR INDICATOR LIGHTS CHECK 3 GREEN<br />
Verify that the GEAR INDICATOR LIGHTS are showing 3 GREEN.<br />
NOTE<br />
If the landing gear is correctly extended and locked, as<br />
indicated by the 3 green lights, the red light is illuminated<br />
additionally if the GEAR circuit breaker is pulled.<br />
9. MANUAL EXTENSION OF LANDING GEAR CHECKLIST<br />
COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the MANUAL EXTENSION OF LANDING GEAR<br />
CHECKLIST, verify that all items have been accomplished and that the<br />
checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
NOTE<br />
If the landing gear cannot be extended to the down-and-locked<br />
position, continue according to GEAR-UP LANDING<br />
CHECKLIST (page 193).<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 193<br />
GEAR-UP LANDING CHECKLIST<br />
NOTE<br />
This procedure applies if the landing gear is fully retracted.<br />
1. APPROACH ........................................................................... NORMAL<br />
2. THROTTLE LEVERS ..................................................................... IDLE<br />
If the time/situation allows, the following steps can help to reduce the<br />
risk of fire:<br />
1. FUEL SELECTORS ....................................................................... OFF<br />
2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
3. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................... OFF<br />
4. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />
5. GEAR-UP LANDING CHECKLIST ..................................... COMPLETE<br />
1. APPROACH NORMAL<br />
Maintain stabilized APPROACH at NORMAL speed.<br />
2. THROTTLE LEVERS IDLE<br />
Move the THROTTLE LEVERS smoothly to the IDLE position just before<br />
touchdown.<br />
If the time/situation allows, the following steps can help to reduce the<br />
risk of fire:<br />
3. FUEL SELECTORS OFF<br />
Place both FUEL SELECTORS in the OFF position to stop the flow of fuel<br />
to the engines and reduce the possibility of fire and injury to the crew<br />
members.<br />
4. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
Move both MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />
5. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />
Turn the IGNITION SWITCHES to the OFF position to ground the<br />
magnetos, disabling the engine ignition system.<br />
6. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />
Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
194 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
NOTE<br />
Contact the surface with minimum airspeed and maintain<br />
directional control with rudder as long as possible so as to<br />
avoid collision with obstacles.<br />
7. GEAR-UP LANDING CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the GEAR-UP LANDING CHECKLIST, verify that all<br />
items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 195<br />
LANDING WITH DEFECTIVE TIRE CHECKLIST<br />
CAUTION<br />
A defective tire is not usually easy to detect. The damage<br />
normally occurs during takeoff or landing, and is hardly<br />
noticeable during fast taxiing. It is only during the Roll-out after<br />
landing or at lower taxiing speeds that a tendency to swerve<br />
occurs. Rapid and determined action is then required.<br />
1. ATC ........................................................................................... ADVISE<br />
2. LAND .......................................................................... RUNWAY EDGE<br />
3. DIRECTIONAL CONTROL .................................................... MAINTAIN<br />
4. LANDING WITH DEFECTIVE TIRE CHECKLIST .............. COMPLETE<br />
1. ATC ADVISE<br />
ADVISE ATC of the emergency and request a wider runway if available.<br />
2. LAND RUNWAY EDGE<br />
LAND the airplane with one wing low at the RUNWAY EDGE that is located<br />
on the side of the intact tire to utilize more runway surface while correcting<br />
to maintain directional control.<br />
3. DIRECTIONAL CONTROL MAINTAIN<br />
MAINTAIN DIRECTIONAL CONTROL using the rudder and brake as<br />
necessary.<br />
NOTE<br />
It is possible that the brake must be applied strongly if<br />
necessary to the point where the wheel locks. The wide track of<br />
the landing gear will prevent the airplane from tipping over a<br />
wide speed range. There is no pronounced tendency to tip<br />
even when skidding.<br />
4. LANDING WITH DEFECTIVE TIRE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the LANDING WITH DEFECTIVE TIRE CHECKLIST,<br />
verify that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />
COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
196 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
NOTE<br />
Prepare for a greater rolling distance. If there is no pedal<br />
pressure before landing, consider the following:<br />
CAUTION<br />
If sufficient time is remaining, the risk of fire in the event of a<br />
collision can be reduced as follows:<br />
1. FUEL SELECTORS ........................................................................ OFF<br />
2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
3. IGNITION SWITCHES .................................................................... OFF<br />
4. LANDING WITH DEFECTIVE BRAKES CHECKLIST ........ COMPLETE<br />
1. FUEL SELECTORS OFF<br />
Place both FUEL SELECTORS in the OFF position to stop the flow of fuel<br />
to the engines and reduce the possibility of fire and injury to the crew<br />
members.<br />
2. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
Move both MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />
3. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />
Turn the IGNITION SWITCHES to the OFF position to ground the<br />
magnetos, disabling the ignition system.<br />
4. LANDING WITH DEFECTIVE BRAKES CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the LANDING WITH DEFECTIVE BRAKES<br />
CHECKLIST, verify that all items have been accomplished and that the<br />
checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 197<br />
UNLOCKED DOORS CHECKLIST<br />
1. AIRSPEED .............................................................................. REDUCE<br />
2. CANOPY ................................................................................... CHECK<br />
3. REAR DOOR ............................................................................ CHECK<br />
4. FRONT BAGGAGE DOORS ..................................................... CHECK<br />
5. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />
WARNING<br />
NEVER UNLOCK THE REAR PASSENGER DOOR DURING<br />
FLIGHT. IT MAY BREAK AWAY.<br />
6. UNLOCKED DOORS CHECKLIST .................................. COMPLETE<br />
1. AIRSPEED REDUCE<br />
Adjust the Throttle Levers to REDUCE the AIRSPEED.<br />
2. CANOPY OPEN<br />
CHECK the forward CANOPY handle and verify visually that it is closed.<br />
3. REAR DOOR CHECK<br />
CHECK the REAR passenger DOOR and verify visually that it is closed.<br />
4. FRONT BAGGAGE DOORS CHECK<br />
CHECK the FRONT BAGGAGE DOORS and verify visually that both doors<br />
are closed.<br />
5. AIRPORT LAND<br />
LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as practical.<br />
WARNING<br />
NEVER UNLOCK THE REAR PASSENGER DOOR DURING<br />
FLIGHT. IT MAY BREAK AWAY.<br />
6. UNLOCKED DOORS CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the UNLOCKED DOORS CHECKLIST, verify that all<br />
items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
198 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FAILURE<br />
CHECKLIST<br />
1. CIRCUIT BREAKERS ........................................................... CHECK IN<br />
2. HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH .................................................. ON<br />
3. FLOOD LIGHT ............................................................... AS REQUIRED<br />
4. ENGINE CONTROLS ..................................................................... SET<br />
5. FLAPS SWITCH ........................................................................ CHECK<br />
If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is indicated with<br />
both alternators set to ON:<br />
6. LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH ........................................................... OFF<br />
If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is still indicated:<br />
7. LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH ............................................................. ON<br />
8. RH ALTERNATOR SWITCH .......................................................... OFF<br />
If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is still indicated:<br />
9. RH ALTERNATOR SWITCH ............................................................ ON<br />
10. 10. AIRPORT ................................................................................ LAND<br />
11. COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FAILURE CHECKLIST ................<br />
.................................................................................................. COMPLETE<br />
1. CIRCUIT BREAKERS CHECK IN<br />
CHECK that all CIRCUIT BREAKERS are IN by running your hand across<br />
the circuit breaker panel to confirm. Do not reset a popped circuit breaker<br />
more than one time to avoid the possibility of an electrical fire.<br />
2. HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH ON<br />
Remove the seal wire and place the HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH in<br />
the ON position.<br />
3. FLOOD LIGHT AS REQUIRED<br />
Adjust the FLOOD LIGHT knob to set AS REQUIRED and monitor the<br />
standby flight instruments.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 199<br />
NOTE<br />
The backup artificial horizon and flood light will have electrical<br />
power for at least 1.5 hours.<br />
4. ENGINE CONTROLS SET<br />
SET the ENGINE CONTROLS based on the Throttle Levers position and<br />
engine noise.<br />
5. FLAPS SWITCH CHECK<br />
CHECK the FLAPS SWITCH and prepare for landing with flaps in the<br />
present position.<br />
NOTE<br />
Refer to FAILURE IN FLAP SYSTEM CHECKLIST (page 234).<br />
If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is indicated with<br />
both alternators set to ON:<br />
6. LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH OFF<br />
Place the LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH in the OFF position.<br />
If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is still indicated:<br />
7. LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH ON<br />
Place the LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH in the ON position.<br />
8. RH ALTERNATOR SWITCH OFF<br />
Place the RH ALTERNATOR SWITCH in the OFF position.<br />
If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is still indicated:<br />
9. RH ALTERNATOR SWITCH ON<br />
Place the RH ALTERNATOR SWITCH in the ON position.<br />
10. AIRPORT LAND<br />
LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as practical.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
200 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
NOTE<br />
The landing gear up-lock is no longer assured. The landing<br />
gear may slowly extend. The landing can be extended manually<br />
according to MANUAL EXTENSION OF LANDING GEAR<br />
CHECKLIST (page 190).<br />
WARNING<br />
LEAVE THE ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ON.<br />
11. COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FAILURE CHECKLIST<br />
COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FAILURE<br />
CHECKLIST, verify that all items have been accomplished and that the<br />
checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 201<br />
ONE ALTERNATOR FAILED CHECKLIST<br />
1. ALT PROT/ALT CONT CIRCUIT BREAKER ............................. CHECK<br />
2. ALTERNATOR SWITCH (AFFECTED SIDE) ............................. CYCLE<br />
If the alternator does not come back on line:<br />
3. ALTERNATOR SWITCH (Affected Side) ........................................ OFF<br />
4. BUS VOLTAGE ..................................................................... MONITOR<br />
5. ELECTRICAL CONSUMERS (LOAD) ..................................... REDUCE<br />
6. ONE ALTERNATOR FAILED CHECKLIST ........................ COMPLETE<br />
1. ALT PROT/ALT CONT CIRCUIT BREAKERS CHECK<br />
CHECK both ALT PROT and ALT CONT CIRCUIT BREAKERS of the<br />
respective alternator. Do not reset a popped circuit breaker more than one<br />
time to avoid the possibility of an electrical fire.<br />
2. ALTERNATOR SWITCH (Affected Side) CYCLE<br />
CYCLE the affected alternator by placing the respective ALTERNATOR<br />
SWITCH in the OFF position and returning it to the ON position.<br />
If the alternator does not come back on line:<br />
3. ALTERNATOR SWITCH (Affected Side) OFF<br />
Place the ALTERNATOR SWITCH for the Affected Side alternator in the<br />
OFF position.<br />
4. BUS VOLTAGE MONITOR<br />
MONITOR the BUS VOLTAGE to ensure normal electric load on the<br />
operating alternator.<br />
5. ELECTRICAL CONSUMERS (LOAD) REDUCE<br />
REDUCE the ELECTRICAL CONSUMERS (LOAD) by switching off any<br />
non-essential equipment if required.<br />
6. ONE ALTERNATOR FAILED CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the ONE ALTERNATOR FAILED CHECKLIST, verify<br />
that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />
COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
202 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
BOTH ALTERNATORS FAILED CHECKLIST<br />
WARNING<br />
If both alternators fail at the same time, reduce all electrical<br />
equipment to a minimum. Expect the battery to last 30 minutes<br />
and land the airplane as soon as possible.<br />
1. LH/RH ALTERNATORS ................................................................. OFF<br />
2. ELECTRIC CONSUMERS (LOAD)...................REDUCE TO MINIMUM<br />
3. GEAR SELECTOR .................................................... DOWN/ 3 GREEN<br />
4. MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION HANDLE ............................... PULL OUT<br />
5. HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH .................................................. ON<br />
6. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />
CAUTION<br />
Avoid Instrument Meteorological Conditions (IMC). Advise Air<br />
Traffic Control (ATC) and, if necessary, declare emergency.<br />
7. COMPLETE ELECTRIC SYSTEM FAILURE CHECKLIST ....................<br />
.................................................................................................. COMPLETE<br />
1. LH/RH ALTERNATORS SWITCHES OFF<br />
Place the LH/RH ALTERNATOR SWITCHES in the OFF position.<br />
2. ELECTRIC CONSUMERS (LOAD) REDUCE<br />
REDUCE the ELECTRIC LOAD by switching off all non-essential<br />
equipment (XPDR, PITOT HEAT, LIGHTS, AV MASTER), as necessary.<br />
3. GEAR SELECTOR DOWN / 3 GREEN<br />
Place the landing GEAR SELECTOR in the DOWN position and verify 3<br />
GREEN indication lights.<br />
4. MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION HANDLE PULL OUT<br />
After observing the landing gear down-and-locked indication, PULL OUT<br />
the MANUAL GEAR EXTENSION HANDLE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 203<br />
5. HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH ON<br />
Remove the seal wire and place the HORIZON EMERGENCY SWITCH in<br />
the ON position.<br />
6. AIRPORT LAND<br />
LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as practical.<br />
CAUTION<br />
Avoid Instrument Meteorological Conditions (IMC). Advise Air<br />
Traffic Control (ATC) and, if necessary, declare an emergency.<br />
7. BOTH ALTERNATORS FAILURE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the ALTERNATORS FAILURE CHECKLIST, verify that<br />
all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
204 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
OVERVOLTAGE CHECKLIST<br />
If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is indicated with<br />
both alternators On:<br />
1. LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH ........................................................... OFF<br />
If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is still indicated:<br />
2. LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH ............................................................. ON<br />
3. RH ALTERNATOR SWITCH .......................................................... OFF<br />
If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is still indicated:<br />
4. LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH ........................................................... OFF<br />
5. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />
6. OVERVOLTAGE CHECKLIST ............................................ COMPLETE<br />
If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is indicated with<br />
both alternators set to on:<br />
1. LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH OFF<br />
Place the LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH in the OFF position.<br />
If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is still indicated:<br />
2. LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH ON<br />
Place the LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH in the ON position.<br />
3. RH ALTERNATOR SWITCH OFF<br />
Place the RH ALTERNATOR SWITCH in the OFF position.<br />
If a voltage in the upper red sector (above 32 volts) is still indicated:<br />
4. LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH OFF<br />
Place the LH ALTERNATOR SWITCH in the OFF position.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 205<br />
WARNING<br />
Leave Electric Master Switch ON.<br />
5. AIRPORT LAND<br />
LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as practical.<br />
6. OVERVOLTAGE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the OVER VOLTAGE CHECKLIST, verify that all items<br />
have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
206 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
ENGINE RUNNING ROUGHLY CHECKLIST<br />
1. AIRSPEED ................................................ AS REQUIRED/ABOVE V MC<br />
2. FUEL SELECTORS ............................................................. CHECK ON<br />
3. ENGINE INSTRUMENTS .......................................................... CHECK<br />
4. THROTTLE LEVERS ................................................................. CHECK<br />
5. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS ..................................................... CHECK<br />
6. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS .................... SET SMOOTH RUNNING<br />
7. ALTERNATE AIR ............................................................................. ON<br />
8. FUEL PUMP (AFFECTED ENGINE) .................. ON/CHECK SMOOTH<br />
9. IGNITION SWITCHES .................................................... CHECK BOTH<br />
10. THROTTLE/PROPELLER RPM/MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS<br />
(Affected Engine) ................................................. VARIOUS SETTINGS<br />
WARNING<br />
If the problem does not clear immediately and the engine is no<br />
longer producing sufficient power, shutdown the affected<br />
engine and feather in accordance with the ENGINE SECURING<br />
(FEATHERING) CHECKLIST (page 141) and the ONE ENGINE<br />
INOPERATIVE LANDING checklist (page 147).<br />
11. AIRPORT ....................................................................................... LAND<br />
12. ENGINE RUNNING ROUGHLY CHECKLIST ...................... COMPLETE<br />
1. AIRSPEED AS REQUIRED/ABOVE V MC<br />
Adjust the Throttle Levers AS REQUIRED to maintain a safe AIRSPEED<br />
ABOVE V MC.<br />
2. FUEL SELECTORS CHECK ON<br />
CHECK that both FUEL SELECTORS are in the ON position.<br />
3. ENGINE INSTRUMENTS CHECK<br />
CHECK ENGINE INSTRUMENTS for any abnormal indication.<br />
4. THROTTLE LEVERS CHECK<br />
CHECK the position of both THROTTLE LEVERS.<br />
5. PROPELLER RPM LEVERS CHECK<br />
CHECK the position of both PROPELLER RPM LEVERS.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 207<br />
6. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS SET SMOOTH RUNNING<br />
Adjust the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to SET a position that will result<br />
in the SMOOTH RUNNING of the engine(s).<br />
7. ALTERNATE AIR ON<br />
Pull the ALTERNATE AIR lever to the ON position.<br />
8. FUEL PUMP (Affected Engine) ON/CHECK SMOOTH<br />
Depress the FUEL PUMP switch of the affected engine to the ON position.<br />
CHECK for SMOOTH running of the engine.<br />
9. IGNITION SWITCHES CHECK BOTH<br />
CHECK that the IGNITION SWITCHES are in the BOTH position.<br />
WARNING<br />
If the problem does not clear immediately and the engine is no<br />
longer producing sufficient power, shutdown the affected<br />
engine and feather in accordance with the ENGINE SECURING<br />
(FEATHERING) CHECKLIST (page 141) and the ONE ENGINE<br />
INOPERATIVE LANDING checklist (page 147).<br />
10. THROTTLE/PROPELLER RPM/MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS<br />
(AFFECTED ENGINE)<br />
VARIOUS SETTINGS<br />
Adjust the THROTTLE/PROPELLER RPM/MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS<br />
for VARIOUS power SETTINGS to obtain Smooth running of the affected<br />
engine.<br />
11. ENGINE RUNNING ROUGHLY CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the ENGINE RUNNING ROUGHLY CHECKLIST, verify<br />
that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />
COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
208 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST<br />
1. G1000 MESSAGE/INDICATION ................................................ CHECK<br />
2. OIL TEMPERATURE ................................................................. CHECK<br />
If the oil pressure indication drops below the green sector and the oil<br />
temperature is normal (oil pressure warning light does not illuminate<br />
or flash):<br />
3. OIL PRESSURE WARNING LIGHT ....................................... MONITOR<br />
4. OIL TEMPERATURE ............................................................. MONITOR<br />
5. CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE ...................................... MONITOR<br />
If the oil pressure indication drops below the green sector while the<br />
oil or cylinder head temperature is rising, or if the oil pressure<br />
warning light illuminates or flashes, or if both occur together:<br />
6. ENGINE POWER ............................................... MINIMUM REQUIRED<br />
7. LAND ............................................................. AS SOON AS POSSIBLE<br />
WARNING<br />
Be prepared for an engine failure and emergency landing.<br />
If oil pressure tending to zero combined with vibration, loss of oil,<br />
possibly unusual metallic noise and smoke:<br />
8. ENGINE SHUTDOWN ................................................... IMMEDIATELY<br />
9. EMERGENCY LANDING ...................................................... PERFORM<br />
10. LOSS OIL PRES CHECKLIST ............................................ COMPLETE<br />
NOTE<br />
Proceed with the ENGINE SECURING (FEATHERING)<br />
PROCEDURE (page 141) and the ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE<br />
LANDING CHECKLIST (page 147).<br />
1. G1000 MESSAGE INDICATION CHECK<br />
CHECK the Garmin G1000 MESSAGE and flashing gauge INDICATION.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 209<br />
2. OIL TEMPERATURE CHECK<br />
CHECK the OIL TEMPERATURE indication.<br />
If the oil pressure indication drops below the green sector and the oil<br />
temperature is normal (oil pressure warning light does not illuminate<br />
or flash):<br />
3. OIL PRESSURE WARNING LIGHT MONITOR<br />
MONITOR the OIL PRESSURE red WARNING LIGHT to check if the oil<br />
pressure indication is defective.<br />
4. OIL TEMPERATURE MONITOR<br />
MONITOR the OIL TEMPERATURE on the MFD.<br />
5. CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE MONITOR<br />
MONITOR the CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE on the MFD.<br />
If the oil pressure indication drops below the green sector while the<br />
oil or cylinder head temperature is rising, or if the oil pressure<br />
warning light illuminates or flashes, or if both occur together:<br />
6. ENGINE POWER MINIMUM REQUIRED<br />
Adjust the Throttle Levers to obtain MINIMUM REQUIRED ENGINE<br />
POWER.<br />
WARNING<br />
Be prepared for an engine failure and emergency landing. If Oil<br />
pressure tending to zero combined with vibration, loss of oil,<br />
possibly unusual metallic noise, and smoke.<br />
7. LAND AS SOON AS POSSIBLE<br />
LAND at the nearest suitable airport AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. Be<br />
prepared for engine failure.<br />
8. ENGINE SHUTDOWN IMMEDIATELY<br />
SHUTDOWN the affected ENGINE IMMEDIATELY in accordance with<br />
Engine Securing Procedure.<br />
9. EMERGENCY LANDING PERFORM<br />
PERFORM an EMERGENCY LANDING.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
210 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
10. LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST, verify that<br />
all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 211<br />
HIGH OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST<br />
1. OIL TEMPERATURE ................................................................ CHECK<br />
NOTE<br />
If the oil temperature is normal, it is probable that the fault lies<br />
in the oil pressure indication, which should thus be ignored (the<br />
airplane should be serviced).<br />
2. HIGH OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST ..................................... COMPLETE<br />
1. OIL TEMPERATURE CHECK<br />
CHECK the OIL TEMPERATURE to verify if the oil pressure indication is<br />
faulty.<br />
NOTE<br />
If the oil temperature is normal, it is probable that the fault lies<br />
in the oil pressure indication, which should thus be ignored (the<br />
airplane should be serviced).<br />
2. HIGH OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the HIGH OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST, verify that all<br />
items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
212 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE CHECKLIST<br />
First, attempt to lower the oil temperature by increasing the airspeed.<br />
1. CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE .......................................... CHECK<br />
2. EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE ............................................. CHECK<br />
If the Cylinder Head Temperature or Exhaust Gas Temperature is also<br />
high:<br />
3. OIL PRESSURE ........................................................................ CHECK<br />
If oil pressure is low, proceed with LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE<br />
CHECKLIST (page 208).<br />
If the oil pressure is in the green sector:<br />
4. MIXTURE SETTING .............................................. CHECK/ENRICHEN<br />
5. POWER .................................................................................. REDUCE<br />
If problem still persists:<br />
6. ENGINE (Affected) ........................................................... SHUTDOWN<br />
Proceed with the ENGINE SECURING (FEATHERING)<br />
PROCEDURE (page 141) and the ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE<br />
LANDING CHECKLIST (page 147).<br />
7. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />
8. HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE CHECKLIST ........................... COMPLETE<br />
1. CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE CHECK<br />
CHECK the CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE of the affected engine to<br />
verify if the oil temperature indication is faulty.<br />
2. EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE CHECK<br />
CHECK the EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE of the affected engine to<br />
verify if the oil temperature indication is faulty.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 213<br />
NOTE<br />
If neither the Cylinder Head Temperature not the Exhaust Gas<br />
Temperature is high, the fault may be in the oil temperature<br />
indication. The airplane should be serviced.<br />
If the Cylinder Head Temperature or Exhaust Gas Temperature is also<br />
high:<br />
3. OIL PRESSURE CHECK<br />
CHECK the OIL PRESSURE indication of the affected engine.<br />
If oil pressure is low, proceed with LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE<br />
CHECKLIST (page 208).<br />
If the oil pressure is in the green sector:<br />
4. MIXTURE SETTING CHECK/ENRICHEN<br />
CHECK the MIXTURE SETTING and adjust the Mixture Control Lever of<br />
the affected engine to ENRICHEN the Mixture if necessary.<br />
5. POWER REDUCE<br />
Adjust the Throttle Lever of the affected engine to REDUCE POWER.<br />
If problem still persists:<br />
6. ENGINE (Affected) SHUTDOWN<br />
SHUTDOWN and secure the Affected ENGINE to avoid any major<br />
malfunction in engine components or propeller feathering system.<br />
Proceed with the ENGINE SECURING (FEATHERING)<br />
PROCEDURE (page 141) and the ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE<br />
LANDING CHECKLIST (page 147).<br />
7. AIRPORT LAND<br />
LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as possible.<br />
8. HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE CHECKLIST, verify<br />
that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />
COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
214 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
HIGH CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE<br />
Cylinder Head Temperature in yellow sector or above.<br />
1. POWER .................................................................................. REDUCE<br />
2. SPEED ................................................................................ INCREASE<br />
3. MIXTURE SETTING .............................................. CHECK/ENRICHEN<br />
4. OIL TEMPERATURE ................................................................. CHECK<br />
If the oil temperature is also high:<br />
5. OIL PRESSURE ....................................................................... CHECK<br />
If oil is in the green sector:<br />
6. ENGINE (Affected) ................................................................ MONITOR<br />
If condition does not improve:<br />
7. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />
If oil pressure is low, proceed to the LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE<br />
CHECKLIST (page 208).<br />
8. HIGH CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE CHECKLIST ...... COMPLETE<br />
1. POWER REDUCE<br />
Adjust the Throttle Lever of the affected engine to REDUCE POWER.<br />
2. AIRSPEED INCREASE<br />
If possible, adjust the pitch attitude to INCREASE AIRSPEED to increase<br />
the airflow into the engine and help the external cooling process.<br />
3. MIXTURE SETTING CHECK/ENRICHEN<br />
CHECK the MIXTURE SETTING and adjust the Mixture Control Lever of<br />
the affected engine to ENRICHEN the Mixture if necessary.<br />
4. OIL TEMPERATURE CHECK<br />
CHECK the OIL TEMPERATURE of the affected engine.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
If the oil temperature is also high:<br />
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 215<br />
5. OIL PRESSURE CHECK<br />
CHECK the OIL PRESSURE of the affected engine.<br />
If oil is in the green sector:<br />
6. ENGINE (Affected) MONITOR<br />
Continue to MONITOR the affected ENGINE indication and G1000<br />
Warning messages.<br />
If condition does not improve:<br />
7. AIRPORT LAND<br />
LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as possible.<br />
If oil pressure is low, proceed to the LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE<br />
CHECKLIST (page 208).<br />
8. HIGH CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE CHECKLIST<br />
COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the HIGH CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE<br />
CHECKLIST, verify that all items have been accomplished and that the<br />
checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
216 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
UN-COMMANDED HIGH RPM CHECKLIST<br />
RPM moves on its own into the red sector.<br />
1. PROPELLER RPM LEVER................................................. PULL BACK<br />
2. FRICTION ADJUSTER .............................................................. CHECK<br />
3. OIL PRESSURE ........................................................................ CHECK<br />
Following a loss of oil or oil pressure, the propeller governor sets a<br />
high RPM. In this case the RPM should be regulated using the<br />
THROTTLE LEVER.<br />
Proceed with the LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST (page<br />
208).<br />
If oil pressure is normal:<br />
- If the indication does not change in spite of an audible drop in<br />
RPM, it is probable that the RPM indication is defective, which<br />
should thus be ignored (the airplane should be serviced).<br />
- If there is no audible drop in RPM, it is probable that the<br />
governor system is defective. In this case the RPM should be<br />
regulated using the Throttle Lever.<br />
4. UN-COMMANDED HIGH RPM CHECKLIST ...................... COMPLETE<br />
1. PROPELLER RPM LEVER PULL BACK<br />
PULL BACK on the PROPELLER RPM LEVER of the affected engine and<br />
listen for an associated drop in RPM.<br />
2. FRICTION ADJUSTER CHECK<br />
CHECK the Engine Controls quadrant FRICTION ADJUSTER and adjust it<br />
if necessary.<br />
3. OIL PRESSURE CHECK<br />
CHECK the OIL PRESSURE indication of the affected engine.<br />
Following a loss of oil or oil pressure, the propeller governor<br />
sets a high RPM. In this case the RPM should be regulated<br />
using the Throttle Lever.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 217<br />
Proceed with the LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE CHECKLIST (page<br />
208).<br />
If oil pressure is normal:<br />
- If the indication does not change in spite of an audible drop in<br />
RPM, it is probable that the RPM indication is defective, which<br />
should thus be ignored (the airplane should be serviced).<br />
- If there is no audible drop in RPM, it is probable that the<br />
governor system is defective. In this case the RPM should be<br />
regulated using the Throttle Lever.<br />
4. UN-COMMANDED HIGH RPM CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the UN-COMMANDED HIGH RPM CHECKLIST, verify<br />
that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />
COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
218 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
UN-COMMANDED LOW RPM CHECKLIST<br />
1. PROPELLER RPM LEVER .................................................. HIGH RPM<br />
2. FUEL PUMP ........................................................................ CHECK ON<br />
3. FUEL SELECTORS ............................................................. CHECK ON<br />
4. FRICTION ADJUSTER ............................................. CHECK/TIGHTEN<br />
Listen for a rise in engine RPM:<br />
If there is no audible rise in RPM, the governor system may be<br />
defective. In this case, the RPM can be regulated within certain<br />
limits using the throttle.<br />
5. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />
WARNING<br />
Be prepared for a possible engine failure.<br />
NOTE<br />
If the indication does not change in spite of an audible rise in<br />
RPM, the RPM indication may be defective, which should thus<br />
be ignored (the airplane should be serviced). Synchronize<br />
audibly to the engine with the good indication.<br />
6. UN-COMMANDED LOW RPM ......................................... CHECKLIST<br />
1. PROPELLER RPM LEVER HIGH RPM<br />
Adjust the PROPELLER RPM LEVER by moving it forward to obtain HIGH<br />
RPM.<br />
2. FUEL PUMP CHECK ON<br />
CHECK that the FUEL PUMP switch of the affected engine is in the ON<br />
position.<br />
3. FUEL SELECTORS CHECK ON<br />
CHECK that the FUEL SELECTORS are placed in the ON position.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 219<br />
4. FRICTION ADJUSTER CHECK/TIGHTEN<br />
CHECK the Engine Controls quadrant FRICTION ADJUSTER and<br />
TIGHTEN it if necessary.<br />
Listen for a rise in engine RPM:<br />
If there is no audible rise in RPM, the governor system may be<br />
defective. In this case, the RPM can be regulated within certain<br />
limits using the throttle.<br />
5. AIRPORT LAND<br />
LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as possible.<br />
WARNING<br />
Be prepared for a possible engine failure.<br />
NOTE<br />
If the indication does not change in spite of an audible rise in<br />
RPM, the RPM indication may be defective, which should thus<br />
be ignored (the airplane should be serviced). Synchronize<br />
audibly to the engine with the good indication.<br />
6. UN-COMMANDED LOW RPM CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the UN-COMMANDED LOW RPM CHECKLIST, verify<br />
that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />
COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
220 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
HIGH FUEL FLOW CHECKLIST<br />
1. FUEL PRESSURE ..................................................................... CHECK<br />
NOTE<br />
Fuel pressure in the green sector may mean no leak and the<br />
likely cause a defective fuel flow indication (the airplane should<br />
be serviced).<br />
A low fuel flow (Warning message: L/R FUEL PR LO), may<br />
indicate a leak between the injection system and the injectors. It<br />
may be necessary to shut down the affected engine to prevent a<br />
fire.<br />
2. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />
3. HIGH FUEL FLOW CHECKLIST ........................................ COMPLETE<br />
1. FUEL PRESSURE CHECK<br />
CHECK the FUEL PRESSURE of the affected engine by monitoring the<br />
respective Fuel Flow on the MFD.<br />
NOTE<br />
Fuel pressure in the green sector may mean no leak and the<br />
likely cause a defective fuel flow indication (the airplane should<br />
be serviced).<br />
A low fuel flow (Warning message: L/R FUEL PR LO), may<br />
indicate a leak between the injection system and the injectors. It<br />
may be necessary to shut down the affected engine to prevent a<br />
fire.<br />
2. AIRPORT LAND<br />
LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT as soon as possible.<br />
3. HIGH FUEL FLOW CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the HIGH FUEL FLOW CHECKLIST, verify that all<br />
items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 221<br />
OSCILLATING PROPELLER RPM CHECKLIST<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) ................... CHANGE SETTING<br />
CAUTION<br />
The THROTTLE LEVER should be moved slowly, in order to<br />
avoid over-speeding and excessively rapid RPM changes.<br />
If problem persists:<br />
2. AIRPORT .................................................................................... LAND<br />
3. OSCILLATING PROPELLER RPM CHECKLIST .............. COMPLETE<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVER CHANGE SETTING<br />
CHANGE the THROTTLE LEVER to find a SETTING that obtains a steady<br />
RPM.<br />
CAUTION<br />
The THROTTLE LEVER should be moved slowly to avoid<br />
propeller over-speeding and excessive RPM changes.<br />
If problem persists:<br />
2. AIRPORT LAND<br />
LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT.<br />
3. OSCILLATING PROPELLER RPM CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the OSCILLATING PROPELLER RPM CHECKLIST<br />
verify that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />
COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
222 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
PROPELLER OVERSPEED CHECKLIST<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVER SETTING ................................................ CHANGE<br />
CAUTION<br />
The THROTTLE LEVER should be moved slowly, in order t<br />
avoid over-speeding and excessively rapid RPM changes.<br />
If problem persists:<br />
2. AIRPORT ........................................................................................ LAND<br />
NOTE<br />
Prepare for engine malfunction in accordance with<br />
OSCILLATING PROPELLER RPM CHECKLIST (page 221).<br />
3. PROPELLER OVERSPEED CHECKLIST.............................. COMPLETE<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVER CHANGE SETTING<br />
CHANGE the THROTTLE LEVER SETTING to obtain a steady RPM.<br />
CAUTION<br />
The THROTTLE LEVER should be moved slowly, in order t<br />
avoid over-speeding and excessively rapid RPM changes.<br />
If problem persists:<br />
2. AIRPORT LAND<br />
LAND at the nearest suitable AIRPORT.<br />
NOTE<br />
Prepare for engine malfunction in accordance with<br />
OSCILLATING PROPELLER RPM CHECKLIST (page 221).<br />
3. PROPELLER OVERSPEED CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the PROPELLER OVERSPEED CHECKLIST verify<br />
that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />
COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 223<br />
DEFECTIVE ENGINE CONTROLS<br />
DEFECTIVE MIXTURE CONTROL<br />
1. FUEL SELECTOR (Affected side) ................................. AS REQUIRED<br />
2. HIGH POWER .............................................................................. TEST<br />
3. APPROACH AND LANDING ................................................. PLANNED<br />
1. FUEL SELECTOR AS REQUIRED<br />
It may be necessary to shut down the engine using the FUEL SELECTOR<br />
or ignition switch, AS REQUIRED<br />
2. HIGH POWER TEST<br />
During descent, test the reaction of the engine to a higher power setting. A<br />
lean mixture can lead to engine roughness and a loss of power.<br />
3. APPROACH AND LANDING PLANNED<br />
The APPROACH AND LANDING must be planned accordingly to avoid<br />
sudden loss of performance or directional control due to asymmetric thrust.<br />
DEFECTIVE THROTTLE CONTROL<br />
If uncontrollable at high power:<br />
1. ENGINE POWER ........................................ PROPELLER RPM LEVER<br />
2. AIRPORT ........................................................................... APPROACH<br />
3. ENGINE SHUTDOWN .................................................. IF NECESSARY<br />
1. ENGINE POWER PROPELLER RPM LEVER<br />
Adjust the PROPELLER RPM LEVER to control ENGINE POWER. Adjust<br />
carefully so as not to overheat the engine or cause further damage.<br />
2. AIRPORT APPROACH<br />
APPROACH the nearest AIRPORT and prepare for an emergency landing.<br />
Plan the approach accordingly if approaching with power setting higher or<br />
lower than normal.<br />
3. ENGINE SHUTDOWN (Affected Engine) IF NECESSARY<br />
IF NECESSARY, perform an ENGINE SHUTDOWN of the Affected Engine,<br />
securing it in accordance with the Engine Securing Procedure.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
224 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
DEFECTIVE PROPELLER RPM CONTROL<br />
1. ENGINE POWER ................................................... THROTTLE LEVER<br />
2. AIRPORT .......................................................................... APPROACH<br />
3. LANDING ............................................................................... NORMAL<br />
4. DEFECTIVE ENGINE CONTROLS CHECKLIST ............... COMPLETE<br />
1. ENGINE POWER THROTTLE LEVER<br />
Adjust the THROTTLE LEVER to control ENGINE POWER.<br />
2. AIRPORT APPROACH<br />
APPROACH the nearest AIRPORT and plan for a normal landing.<br />
3. LANDING NORMAL<br />
Perform a normal landing.<br />
4. DEFECTIVE ENGINE CONTROLS CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the DEFECTIVE ENGINE CONTROLS CONTROL<br />
CHECKLIST verify that all items have been accomplished and that the<br />
checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 225<br />
Section 4:<br />
ABNORMAL<br />
PROCEDURES<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
226 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
INTRODUCTION<br />
Successful handling of abnormal situations is largely dependent on the<br />
judgment and skill of the crew. All abnormal conditions should be handled<br />
with planning and organization. Although it is not possible to write specific<br />
procedures to cover every facet of every abnormal situation or irregularity a<br />
pilot may confront, it is possible to establish certain operating guidelines.<br />
The overriding matter of importance is very basic: someone must fly the<br />
airplane. In addition to executing the required procedure(s), the pilot must<br />
still devote primary attention to the control and navigation of the airplane<br />
with regard to terrain, weather, air traffic control, and airplane configuration.<br />
Abnormal Procedures<br />
An abnormal procedure is a procedure not classified by the aircraft<br />
manufacturer as a normal or emergency procedure. The abnormal<br />
procedures that follow are the only abnormal procedures provided by the<br />
aircraft manufacturer and may not cover every abnormal situation that may<br />
be encountered during flight. The Abnormal procedures do not include<br />
immediate action or memory items because the checklist items are not<br />
time-critical in nature.<br />
If an abnormal situation arises, the number one priority is to maintain<br />
control of the airplane, and then confirm the situation and follow the<br />
appropriate procedures.<br />
When operating in the pseudo-crew environment, the pilot not flying (PNF)<br />
shall perform the checklist and announce its completion. The Pilot flying<br />
(PF) shall maintain an awareness of the checklist progress.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 227<br />
AIR STARTING/UNFEATHERING CHECKLIST<br />
Restarting the engine is possible at all airspeeds above a safe<br />
flying airspeed up to V NE (194 KIAS) and up to the maximum<br />
demonstrated operating altitude.<br />
1. AIRSPEED .............................................................. 90 KIAS (Minimum)<br />
2. FUEL SELECTORS ......................................................................... ON<br />
3. FUEL PUMP (Inoperative Engine) ....................................... CHECK ON<br />
4. THROTTLE LEVER (Inoperative Engine) ....................... 1” FROM IDLE<br />
5. ALTERNATE AIR .......................................................... AS REQUIRED<br />
6. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Inoperative Engine) ....... FULL FORWARD<br />
NOTE<br />
When propeller unfeathering occurs, it may be necessary to<br />
retard the propeller control to prevent the propeller from<br />
overspeeding.<br />
In the event of a total electrical power failure, the propeller<br />
accumulator will not unfeather the propeller. In this case,<br />
increase airspeed safely until propeller windmills.<br />
After the propeller windmills:<br />
7. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER .................................... FULL FORWARD<br />
8. IGNITION SWITCH ...................................................................... BOTH<br />
9. ALTERNATOR SWITCH .................................................................. ON<br />
If propeller does not windmill:<br />
10. IGNITION SWITCH ............................................ START (Until Windmill)<br />
If engine does not start:<br />
11. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER ...... IDLE CUT-OFF/ADVANCE SLOWLY<br />
If it is not possible to start the engine, continue with ENGINE<br />
SECURING (FEATHERING) PROCEDURE (page 141).<br />
After engine start:<br />
12. POWER SETTING ................................ 22” MP/2200 RPM/150° F CHT<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
228 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
13. ALTERNATOR SWITCH .................................................................. ON<br />
14. FUEL PUMP ................................................................................... OFF<br />
15. AIR STARTING/UNFEATHERING CHECKLIST ................. COMPLETE<br />
1. AIRSPEED 90 KIAS (Minimum)<br />
Maintain a Minimum AIRSPEED of 90 KIAS.<br />
2. FUEL SELECTORS ON<br />
Verify that both FUEL SELECTORS are in the ON position.<br />
3. FUEL PUMP (Inoperative Engine) CHECK ON<br />
CHECK that the FUEL PUMP switch for the Inoperative Engine is in the ON<br />
position.<br />
4. THROTTLE LEVER (Inoperative Engine) 1” FROM IDLE<br />
Place the THROTTLE LEVER for the Inoperative Engine 1” from the IDLE<br />
position.<br />
5. ALTERNATE AIR (Inoperative Engine) AS REQUIRED<br />
CHECK that the ALTERNATE AIR for the Inoperative Engine is Open or<br />
Closed, AS REQUIRED.<br />
6. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Inoperative Engine) FULL FORWARD<br />
Move the PROPELLER RPM LEVER for the Inoperative Engine to the<br />
FULL FORWARD position to start the propeller windmilling.<br />
In the event of a total electrical power failure, the propeller<br />
accumulator will not unfeather the propeller. In this case,<br />
increase airspeed safely until propeller windmills.<br />
After the propeller windmills:<br />
7. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER FULL FORWARD<br />
Once the propeller starts windmilling, slowly move the MIXTURE<br />
CONTROL LEVER to the FULL FORWARD position.<br />
8. IGNITION SWITCH BOTH<br />
Place the IGNITION SWITCH for the engine started to the BOTH position.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 229<br />
9. ALTERNATOR SWITCH ON<br />
Place the ALTERNATOR SWITCH for the engine started to the ON position<br />
and verify a positive load and power distribution balance.<br />
If propeller does not windmill:<br />
10. IGNITION SWITCH START (Until Windmill)<br />
Turn the IGNITION SWITCH for the engine started to the START position<br />
until the propeller begins to Windmill.<br />
If engine does not start:<br />
11. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER<br />
IDLE CUT-OFF/ADVANCE SLOWLY<br />
Move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER to the IDLE CUT-OFF position,<br />
and then ADVANCE the Mixture Control Lever SLOWLY to start the<br />
engine.<br />
NOTE<br />
When propeller unfeathering occurs, it may be necessary to<br />
retard the propeller control to prevent the propeller from<br />
overspeeding.<br />
If it is not possible to start the engine, continue with ENGINE<br />
SECURING (FEATHERING) PROCEDURE (page 141).<br />
After engine start:<br />
12. POWER SETTING 22” MP/2200 RPM/150° F CHT<br />
Once the engine has started, use a POWER SETTING of 22” MP and 2200<br />
RPM until the Cylinder Head Temperature reaches at least 150° F<br />
(beginning of CHT green range) and resume normal cruise.<br />
13. ALTERNATOR SWITCH ON<br />
Place the ALTERNATOR SWITCH for the engine started to the ON position<br />
and verify a positive load and power distribution balance.<br />
14. FUEL PUMP OFF<br />
Once the engine has started and the temperature is within the green range,<br />
depress the FUEL PUMP switch to the OFF position.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
230 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
WARNING<br />
If the oil pressure has not moved into the green sector within 15<br />
seconds after starting, switch off the engine and proceed with<br />
the ENGINE SECURING (FEATHERING) PROCEDURE (page<br />
141).<br />
15. AIR STARTING/UNFEATHERING CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the AIR STARTING/UNFEATHERING CHECKLIST<br />
verify that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />
COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 231<br />
PRECAUTIONARY LANDING CHECKLIST<br />
1. APPROPRIATE LANDING AREA ............................ SELECT/SURVEY<br />
2. WIND .................................................................................. CONSIDER<br />
3. ATC ........................................................................................... ADVISE<br />
4. APPROACH ............................. NORMAL APPROACH AND LANDING<br />
5. TOUCHDOWN .................................. LOWEST POSSIBLE AIRSPEED<br />
If sufficient time is remaining, the risk of fire in the event of a<br />
collision with obstacles can be reduced after a safe touchdown<br />
as follows:<br />
6. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS ..................................... IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
7. FUEL SELECTORS ....................................................................... OFF<br />
8. IGNITION SWITCHES.................................................................... OFF<br />
9. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH ....................................................... OFF<br />
10. PRECAUTIONARY LANDING CHECKLIST ....................... COMPLETE<br />
NOTE<br />
A landing of this type is only necessary when there is a<br />
reasonable suspicion that due to operational factors such as<br />
fuel shortage, weather conditions, etc. the possibility of<br />
endangering the airplane and its occupants by continuing the<br />
flight cannot be excluded. The pilot is required to decide<br />
whether or not a controlled landing in a field represents a lower<br />
risk than an attempt to reach the target airfield under all<br />
circumstances.<br />
1. APPROPRIATE LANDING AREA SELECT/SURVEY<br />
SELECT a suitable and appropriate landing area. SURVEY the area for<br />
condition and obstacles.<br />
2. WIND CONSIDER<br />
CONSIDER the WIND direction, choose the landing area, and plan<br />
accordingly.<br />
3. ATC ADVISE<br />
Advise ATC of your intentions and any assistance required.<br />
4. APPROACH NORMAL APPROACH AND LANDING<br />
APPROACH the landing area and plan for a NORMAL APPROACH AND<br />
LANDING.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
232 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
5. TOUCHDOWN LOWEST POSSIBLE AIRSPEED<br />
TOUCHDOWN at the LOWEST POSSIBLE AIRSPEED.<br />
If sufficient time is remaining, the risk of fire in the event of a<br />
collision with obstacles can be reduced after a safe touchdown<br />
as follows:<br />
6. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS IDLE CUT-OFF<br />
Move the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVERS to the IDLE CUT-OFF position.<br />
7. FUEL SELECTORS OFF<br />
Place the FUEL SELECTORS in the OFF position.<br />
8. IGNITION SWITCHES OFF<br />
Turn the IGNITION SWITCHES to the OFF position.<br />
9. ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH OFF<br />
Depress the ELECTRIC MASTER SWITCH to the OFF position.<br />
10. PRECAUTIONARY LANDING CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the PRECAUTIONARY LANDING CHECKLIST verify<br />
that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 233<br />
CANOPY IN COOLING GAP POSITION CHECKLIST<br />
CAUTION<br />
If takeoff was inadvertently done with the canopy in the cooling<br />
gap position, DO NOT attempt to close the canopy in flight.<br />
1. AIRPORT ..................................................................................... LAND<br />
2. CANOPY ON COOLING GAP POSITION CHECKLIST ..... COMPLETE<br />
1. AIRPORT LAND<br />
Return to the AIRPORT and LAND. Do not attempt to close the canopy in<br />
flight.<br />
2. CANOPY IN COOLING GAP POSITION CHECKLIST<br />
COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the CANOPY IN COOLING GAP POSITION<br />
CHECKLIST verify that all items have been accomplished and that the<br />
checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
234 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
FAILURE IN FLAP SYSTEM CHECKLIST<br />
Failure in position indication or function:<br />
1. FLAPS POSITION ................................................... CHECK VISUALLY<br />
2. AIRSPEED ...................................... WHITE SECTOR (Max. 111 KIAS)<br />
3. FLAPS SWITCH ...................................... RE-CHECK ALL POSITIONS<br />
Use the following approach and landing procedures:<br />
Only flaps UP or APP available:<br />
4. AIRSPEED .............................................................. 85 KIAS (Minimum)<br />
5. TOUCHDOWN ............................................ FLAT APPROACH ANGLE<br />
6. THROTTLE LEVERS .............................. AIRSPEED/DESCENT RATE<br />
Only flaps LDG available:<br />
7. LAND ................................................................. NORMAL APPROACH<br />
NOTE<br />
No flap landing with power will have reduced elevator travel due<br />
to limiter being engaged above 14.5” MP.<br />
WARNING<br />
Depending on aircraft mass and/or density altitude, a go-around<br />
with Flaps in APP or LDG position may become impossible.<br />
8. FAILURE IN FLAP SYSTEM CHECKLIST .......................... COMPLETE<br />
1. FLAPS POSITION CHECK VISUALLY<br />
CHECK the FLAPS VISUALLY to determine their POSITION. Adjust the<br />
Instrument Lights knob to prevent it from dimming the Flaps indication<br />
lights.<br />
2. AIRSPEED WHITE SECTOR (Max. 111 KIAS)<br />
Maintain the airspeed within the WHITE SECTOR below a Maximum of 111<br />
KIAS (VFE).<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 235<br />
3. FLAPS SWITCH RE-CHECK ALL POSITIONS<br />
Place the FLAPS SWITCH in VARIOUS POSITIONS to confirm a<br />
malfunction.<br />
Use the following approach and landing procedures:<br />
Only flaps UP or APP available:<br />
4. AIRSPEED 85 KIAS (Minimum)<br />
Perform an approach and landing with a Minimum AIRSPEED of 85 KIAS.<br />
5. TOUCHDOWN FLAT APPROACH ANGLE<br />
TOUCHDOWN with a FLAT APPROACH ANGLE (small flare).<br />
Only flaps LDG available:<br />
6. THROTTLE LEVERS AIRSPEED/DESCENT RATE<br />
Use the THROTTLE LEVERS to control the AIRSPEED and the DESCENT<br />
RATE.<br />
NOTE<br />
If the Flaps system malfunction is confirmed. Keep the Flaps<br />
switch in its current position to avoid unexpected operation at<br />
critical phases of flight.<br />
7. LAND NORMAL APPROACH<br />
LAND the airplane using a NORMAL APPROACH AND LANDING<br />
technique.<br />
NOTE<br />
No flap landing with power will have reduced elevator travel due<br />
to limiter being engaged above 14.5” MP.<br />
WARNING<br />
Depending on aircraft mass and/or density altitude, a go-around<br />
with Flaps in APP or LDG position may become impossible.<br />
8. FAILURE IN FLAP SYSTEM CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the FAILURE IN FLAP SYSTEM CHECKLIST verify<br />
that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />
COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
236 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
NO FLAP LANDING CHECKLIST<br />
CAUTION<br />
The landing gear unsafe warnings related to the Landing wing<br />
flap position will be inoperative.<br />
1. DESCENT CHECKLIST ..................................................... COMPLETE<br />
2. TRAFFIC PATTERN SPEED .................................................. 100 KIAS<br />
3. LANDING GEAR ..................................................................... EXTEND<br />
4. POWER ...................................................................................... 15” MP<br />
5. APPROACH ............................................................................. 95 KIAS<br />
NOTE<br />
If the approach is not stabilized, callout, “200 feet, Not<br />
stabilized, Going around”, and execute a go-around.<br />
CAUTION<br />
No flap landings with power will have reduced elevator travel<br />
due to limiter being engaged above 14.5 inches MP.<br />
6. TOUCHDOWN ...................................... MAIN WHEEL FIRST/GENTLY<br />
7. RUNWAY .......................................................... EXIT AT SAFE SPEED<br />
8. NO FLAP LANDING CHECKLIST ........................................ COMPLETE<br />
NOTE<br />
This maneuver is not to be practice in the aircraft for the<br />
purpose of training.<br />
1. DESCENT CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
COMPLETE the DESCENT CHECKLIST.<br />
2. TRAFFIC PATTERN SPEED 100 KIAS<br />
Maintain a SPEED of 100 KIAS in the TRAFFIC PATTERN.<br />
3. LANDING GEAR EXTEND<br />
EXTEND LANDING GEAR abeam your point of intended landing.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 237<br />
4. POWER 15” MP<br />
SET power to 15” MP.<br />
5. APPROACH 95 KIAS<br />
Maintain an airspeed of 95 KIAS throughout the APPROACH.<br />
NOTE<br />
If the approach is not stabilized, callout, “200 feet, Not<br />
stabilized, Going around”, and execute a go-around.<br />
CAUTION<br />
No flap landings with power will have reduced elevator travel<br />
due to limiter being engaged above 14.5 inches MP.<br />
6. TOUCHDOWN MAIN WHEEL FIRST/GENTLY<br />
TOUCHDOWN GENTLY on the MAIN WHEELS first.<br />
7. RUNWAY EXIT AT SAFE SPEED<br />
EXIT the RUNWAY once a SAFE SPEED for ground operations has been<br />
reached.<br />
8. NO FLAP LANDING CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the NO FLAP LANDING CHECKLIST verify that all<br />
items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
NOTE<br />
This maneuver is not to be practice in the aircraft for the<br />
purpose of training.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
238 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
CONTINUOUS OPERATION OF HYDRAULIC PUMP<br />
CHECKLIST<br />
1. LANDING GEAR POSITION INDICATORS ............................... CHECK<br />
2. GEAR CIRCUIT BREAKER .......................................................... PULL<br />
3. CONTINUOUS OPERATION OF HYDRAULIC PUMP CHECKLIST .....<br />
............................................................................................. COMPLETE<br />
NOTE<br />
Complete the MANUAL EXTENSION OF THE LANDING GEAR<br />
CHECKLIST (page 190).<br />
NOTE<br />
The landing gear might extend as the hydraulic system<br />
pressure decreases. Expect higher aerodynamic drag,<br />
resulting in degraded flight performance, increased fuel<br />
consumption and decrease range.<br />
Unscheduled maintenance action is required after landing.<br />
1. LANDING GEAR POSITION INDICATORS CHECK<br />
CHECK the LANDING GEAR POSITION INDICATORS to verify their<br />
status.<br />
2. GEAR CIRCUIT BREAKER PULL<br />
PULL out the GEAR CIRCUIT BREAKER.<br />
3. CONTINUOUS OPERATION OF HYDRAULIC PUMP CHECKLIST<br />
COMPLETE.<br />
Upon completion of the CONTINUANCE OPERATION OF HYDRAULIC<br />
PUMP CHECKLIST verify that all items have been accomplished and that<br />
the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Complete the MANUAL EXTENSION OF THE LANDING GEAR<br />
CHECKLIST (page 190).<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 239<br />
HYDRAULIC PUMP FAILURE CHECKLIST<br />
1. LANDING GEAR POSITION INDICATORS .............................. CHECK<br />
2. GEAR CIRCUIT BREAKER ....................................................... CHECK<br />
3. HYDRAULIC PUMP FAILURE CHECKLIST....................... COMPLETE<br />
NOTE<br />
If necessary, complete the MANUAL EXTENSION OF THE<br />
LANDING GEAR CHECKLIST (page 190).<br />
NOTE<br />
The landing gear might extend as the hydraulic system<br />
pressure decreases. Expect higher aerodynamic drag,<br />
resulting in degraded flight performance, increased fuel<br />
consumption, and decreased range.<br />
Unscheduled maintenance action is required after landing.<br />
1. LANDING GEAR POSITION INDICATORS CHECK<br />
CHECK the LANDING GEAR POSITION INDICATORS to verify their<br />
status.<br />
2. GEAR CIRCUIT BREAKER CHECK<br />
CHECK to verify that the GEAR CIRCUIT BREAKER is In. If the circuit<br />
breaker has popped, reset by depressing the circuit breaker to the IN<br />
position (attempt no more than one time).<br />
3. CONTINUOUS OPERATION OF HYDRAULIC PUMP CHECKLIST<br />
COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the HYDRAULIC PUMP FAILURE CHECKLIST verify<br />
that all items have been accomplished and that the checklist is<br />
COMPLETE.<br />
If necessary, complete the MANUAL EXTENSION OF THE<br />
LANDING GEAR CHECKLIST (page 190).<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
240 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
LANDING WITH HIGH MASS (WEIGHT) CHECKLIST<br />
CAUTION<br />
Damage of the landing gear can result from a hard landing with<br />
a flight mass above the maximum landing mass (3748 lbs.).<br />
Perform a normal approach and landing procedure adjusted for the<br />
following speeds:<br />
1. APPROACH SPEED:<br />
FLAPS APP ...................................................... 90 KIAS (Minimum)<br />
FLAPS UP ...................................................... 100 KIAS (Minimum)<br />
2. FINAL APPROACH SPEED (FLAPS LDG) .............. 85 KIAS (Minimum)<br />
3. GO AROUND SPEED ............................................. 85 KIAS (Minimum)<br />
4. LANDING WITH HIGH MASS (WEIGHT) CHECKLIST ...... COMPLETE<br />
Perform a normal approach and landing procedure adjusted for the<br />
following speeds:<br />
1. APPROACH SPEED<br />
FLAPS APP<br />
90 KIAS (Minimum)<br />
FLAPS UP<br />
100 KIAS (Minimum)<br />
With FLAPS APP, maintain a Minimum APPROACH SPEED of 90 KIAS<br />
throughout the approach. If the FLAPS are in the UP position, maintain a<br />
Minimum APPROACH SPEED of 100 KIAS.<br />
2. FINAL APPROACH SPEED (Flaps LDG) 85 KIAS MINIMUM<br />
On final leg, maintain a Minimum FINAL APPROACH SPEED with Flaps<br />
LDG of 85 KIAS and perform a normal approach and landing.<br />
3. GO-AROUND AIRSPEED 85 KIAS (Minimum)<br />
If a GO-AROUND is required, execute the maneuver at a Minimum<br />
AIRSPEED of 85 KIAS.<br />
4. LANDING WITH HIGH MASS (WEIGHT) CHECKLIST<br />
COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the LANDING WITH HIGH MASS (WEIGHT)<br />
CHECKLIST verify that all items have been accomplished and that the<br />
checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 241<br />
LIGHTNING STRIKE CHECKLIST<br />
1. AIRSPEED .............................................................................. REDUCE<br />
NOTE<br />
Reduce airspeed as low as practicable. Do not exceed V A (126<br />
KIAS above 3400 lbs., or 120 KIAS at or below 3400 lbs.).<br />
2. FLIGHT CONTROLS ................................................... GRASP FIRMLY<br />
3. AUTOPILOT ..................................................................... DISENGAGE<br />
4. PFD/STANDBY INSTRUMENTS ....................... VERIFY PERIOICALLY<br />
5. AIRPORT ............................................................ NEAREST SUITABLE<br />
6. LIGHTNING STRIKE CHECKLIST ..................................... COMPLETE<br />
Continue flight in VMC and land at the nearest suitable airport.<br />
CAUTION<br />
Due to damage to the airplane, comply with the following:<br />
- Avoid abrupt or full control surface movements.<br />
- Avoid high G-loads on the airframe.<br />
- Avoid high yaw angles.<br />
- Avoid turbulent air by as much distance as possible.<br />
- Do not fly into areas of known or forecast icing.<br />
- Maintain V MC<br />
1. AIRSPEED REDUCE<br />
REDUCE the AIRSPEED to a practical speed below maneuvering speed.<br />
NOTE<br />
Reduce airspeed as low as practicable. Do not exceed V A (126<br />
KIAS above 3400 lbs., or 120 KIAS below 3400 lbs.).<br />
2. FLIGHT CONTROLS GRASP FIRMLY<br />
GRASP the FLIGHT CONTROLS FIRMLY for better control of the aircraft.<br />
3. AUTOPILOT DISENGAGE<br />
DISENGAGE the AUTOPILOT by depressing the AP DISC button on the<br />
control stick, or using the Electric Trim.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
242 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
4. PFD/STANDBY INSTRUMENTS VERIFY PERIODICALLY<br />
VERIFY the PFD and the STANDBY INSTRUMENTS periodically for<br />
proper readings.<br />
5. AIRPORT NEAREST SUITABLE<br />
Proceed to the NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT and land.<br />
6. LIGHTNING STRIKE CHECKLIST COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the LIGHTNING STRIKE CHECKLIST verify that all<br />
items have been accomplished and that the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Continue flight in VMC and land at the nearest suitable airport.<br />
CAUTION<br />
Due to damage to the airplane, comply with the following:<br />
- Avoid abrupt or full control surface movements.<br />
- Avoid high G-loads on the airframe.<br />
- Avoid high yaw angles.<br />
- Avoid turbulent air by as much distance as possible.<br />
- Do not fly into areas of known or forecast icing.<br />
- Maintain V MC<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 243<br />
ENGINE INDICATIONS OUTSIDE OF GREEN RANGE<br />
CHECKLIST<br />
HIGH RPM<br />
1. PROPELLER RPM LEVER (Affected Engine) ........................... REDUCE<br />
2. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) ....................................... REDUCE<br />
If high RPM persist, refer to UN-COMMANDED HIGH RPM<br />
CHECKLIST (page 216).<br />
1. PROPELLER RPM LEVER REDUCE<br />
REDUCE the PROPELLER RPM LEVER to obtain a lower RPM indication.<br />
2. THROTTLE LEVER REDUCE<br />
REDUCE the THROTTLE LEVER to obtain a lower RPM indication.<br />
If high RPM persist, refer to UN-COMMANDED HIGH RPM<br />
CHECKLIST (page 216).<br />
HIGH OIL TEMPERATURE<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) .................................... REDUCE<br />
2. OIL PRESSURE ........................................................................ CHECK<br />
If oil pressure is outside of the green range (lower limit), expect<br />
a loss of engine oil.<br />
WARNING<br />
A further increase in oil temperature must be expected.<br />
Prepare for an engine failure.<br />
CAUTION<br />
If oil pressure is within the green range, increase the airspeed.<br />
If a high oil temperature is indicated and the oil pressure<br />
indication is within the green range, it is likely that the engine is<br />
operating normally. This might not be the case if the oil<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
244 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
temperature does not return to the green range, in this case<br />
land at the nearest suitable airport. Prepare for an engine<br />
failure.<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) REDUCE<br />
REDUCE the THROTTLE LEVER on the affected engine to obtain a<br />
decrease in OIL TEMPERATURE.<br />
2. OIL PRESSURE CHECK<br />
CHECK the OIL PRESSURE indication.<br />
If oil pressure is outside of the green range (lower limit), expect a loss<br />
of engine oil.<br />
WARNING<br />
A further increase in oil temperature must be expected.<br />
Prepare for an engine failure.<br />
If oil pressure is within the green range, increase the airspeed.<br />
CAUTION<br />
If a high oil temperature is indicated and the oil pressure<br />
indication is within the green range, it is likely that the engine is<br />
operating normally. This might not be the case if the oil<br />
temperature does not return to the green range, in this case<br />
land at the nearest suitable airport. Prepare for an engine<br />
failure.<br />
LOW OIL TEMPERATURE<br />
NOTE<br />
During an extended descent from high altitudes with a low<br />
power setting oil temperature may decrease. In this case, an<br />
increase in power may help.<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) ................................. INCREASE<br />
2. AIRSPEED ............................................................................. REDUCE<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 245<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) INCREASE<br />
INCREASE the THROTTLE LEVER on the Affected Engine to obtain an<br />
increase in OIL TEMPERATURE.<br />
2. AIRSPEED REDUCE<br />
REDUCE the AIRSPEED to allow for an increase in oil temperature.<br />
HIGH OIL PRESSURE<br />
1. OIL TEMPERATURE (Affected Engine) .................................... CHECK<br />
If temperature is outside of the green range:<br />
2. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) .................................... REDUCE<br />
1. OIL TEMPERATURE (Affected Engine) CHECK<br />
CHECK the OIL TEMPERATURE indication of the Affected Engine. If the<br />
temperature is within the green range, expect a false indication.<br />
If temperature is outside of the green range:<br />
2. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) REDUCE<br />
Adjust the THROTTLE LEVER for the Affected Engine to REDUCE power<br />
to decrease oil pressure.<br />
NOTE<br />
If a reduction of power results in the oil pressure and<br />
temperature returning to a normal range, the engine may be<br />
operated with caution at a reduced power setting while<br />
diverting to the nearest suitable airport. Closely monitor the<br />
engine, and prepare to shut down and secure the applicable<br />
engine.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
246 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
LOW OIL PRESSURE<br />
Oil pressure below the limit value can lead to a total loss of power due<br />
to engine failure.<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) .................................... REDUCE<br />
2. LOSS OF POWER .................................................................. EXPECT<br />
WARNING<br />
Land at the nearest suitable airport. Prepare for an engine<br />
failure.<br />
Oil pressure below the limit value can lead to engine failure and<br />
a total loss of power.<br />
1. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) REDUCE<br />
REDUCE the THROTTLE LEVER on the affected engine.<br />
2. LOSS OF POWER EXPECT<br />
With a low oil pressure EXPECT a LOSS of POWER on the affected<br />
engine.<br />
HIGH CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE<br />
1. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER ................................... CHECK/ENRICH<br />
2. OIL TEMPERATURE ................................................................ CHECK<br />
If the oil temperature is also high:<br />
3. OIL PRESSURE ........................................................................ CHECK<br />
If the oil pressure is low, see the LOW OIL PRESSURE<br />
PROCEDURE (page 246).<br />
If the oil pressure is in the green range:<br />
4. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) .................................... REDUCE<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 247<br />
1. MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER CHECK/ENRICH<br />
CHECK the position of the MIXTURE CONTROL LEVER and ENRICHEN<br />
as necessary to reduce the CHT indication.<br />
2. OIL TEMPERATURE CHECK<br />
CHECK the OIL TEMPERATURE indication.<br />
If the oil temperature is also high:<br />
3. OIL PRESSURE CHECK<br />
CHECK the OIL PRESSURE indication.<br />
If the oil pressure is low, see the LOW OIL PRESSURE<br />
PROCEDURE (page 246).<br />
If the oil pressure is in the green range:<br />
4. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) REDUCE<br />
REDUCE the THROTTLE LEVER on the affected engine.<br />
LOW CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE<br />
1. AIRPLANE .......................................... SERVICED BY MAINTENANCE<br />
NOTE<br />
A very low reading of cylinder head temperature or exhaust gas<br />
temperature for a single cylinder may be the result of a loose<br />
sensor. In this case, the reading will indicate the temperature<br />
of the engine compartment.<br />
1. AIRPLANE SERVICED BY MAINTENANCE<br />
Report the AIRPLANE discrepancy to have it SERVICED BY<br />
MAINTENANCE.<br />
LOW FUEL PRESSURE<br />
1. FUEL PUMP (Affected Engine) ........................................................... ON<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
248 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
CAUTION<br />
Low fuel pressure might be expected during uncoordinated or<br />
sideslip flights at certain fuel quantities. Monitor engines<br />
performance and expect engine roughness if prolonged<br />
uncoordinated or sideslip maneuvers are maintained.<br />
1. FUEL PUMP (Affected Engine) ON<br />
Depress the FUEL PUMP switch for the Affected Engine to the ON<br />
position.<br />
HIGH FUEL PRESSURE<br />
1. FUEL PUMP (Affected Engine) ....................................................... OFF<br />
2. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) ........... REDUCE AS REQUIRED<br />
1. FUEL PUMP (Affected Engine) OFF<br />
Depress the FUEL PUMP switch for the Affected Engine to the OFF<br />
position.<br />
2. THROTTLE LEVER (Affected Engine) REDUCE AS REQUIRED<br />
REDUCE the THROTTLE LEVER of the Affected Engine AS REQUIRED to<br />
obtain a decrease in fuel pressure.<br />
LOW VOLTAGE (GROUND)<br />
1. CIRCUIT BREAKERS ................................................................ CHECK<br />
2. ALTERNATOR SWITCHES ................................................. CHECK ON<br />
3. THROTTLE LEVERS .................................................. INCREASE RPM<br />
If “L/R VOLTS LOW” caution persist, terminate flight.<br />
1. CIRCUIT BREAKERS CHECK<br />
CHECK the circuit breaker panel for any popped CIRCUIT BREAKERS.<br />
2. ALTERNATOR SWITCHES ON<br />
Verify that both ALTERNATOR SWITCHES are in the ON position.<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011
<strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP 249<br />
3. THROTTLE LEVERS INCREASE RPM<br />
INCREASE engine RPM by adjusting the THROTTLE LEVERS to verify the<br />
LOW VOLTAGE condition.<br />
If “L/R VOLTS LOW” caution persist, terminate flight.<br />
LOW VOLTAGE (IN FLIGHT)<br />
1. CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............................................................... CHECK<br />
2. ALTERNATOR SWITCHES ............................................................. ON<br />
3. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (Not Essential) ................................... OFF<br />
If “L/R VOLTS LOW” caution persist, proceed with the BOTH<br />
ALTERNATORS FAILED CHECKLIST (page 202).<br />
4. LOW VOLTAGE CHECKLIST (IN-FLIGHT) ........................ COMPLETE<br />
1. CIRCUIT BREAKERS CHECK<br />
CHECK the circuit breaker panel for any popped CIRCUIT BREAKERS.<br />
2. ALTERNATORS SWITCHES ON<br />
Verify that both ALTERNATOR SWITCHES are in the ON position.<br />
3. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (Non-essential) OFF<br />
TURN OFF any ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT that is Not Essential for flight.<br />
If “L/R VOLTS LOW” caution persists, proceed with the BOTH<br />
ALTERNATORS FAILED CHECKLIST (page 202).<br />
4. ENGINE INDICATIONS OUTSIDE OF GREEN RANGE CHECKLIST<br />
COMPLETE<br />
Upon completion of the ENGINE INDICATIONS OUTSIDE OF GREEN<br />
RANGE CHECKLIST verify that all items have been accomplished and that<br />
the checklist is COMPLETE.<br />
Revised 07-01-2011 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Rev 02
250 <strong>DA42</strong> <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
End of DA-42 <strong>L360</strong> SOP<br />
Rev 02 © <strong>Embry</strong>-<strong>Riddle</strong> <strong>Aeronautical</strong> <strong>University</strong> Revised 07-01-2011